Report of Foreign Private Issuer

 

Report of Foreign Private Issuer

 

Pursuant to Rule 13a-16 or 15d-16 of

the Securities Exchange Act of 1934

 

3 August 2018

 

Commission file number: 001-10306

 

 

 Form 6-K

 

The Royal Bank of Scotland Group plc

 

 

Gogarburn

PO Box 1000

Edinburgh EH12 1HQ

Scotland

United Kingdom

 

(Address of principal executive offices)

 

 

 

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant files or will file annual reports under cover of Form 20-F or Form 40-F.

 

Form 20-F  X                                              Form 40-F     

 

Indicate by check mark if the registrant is submitting the Form 6-K in paper as permitted by Regulation S-T Rule 101(b)(1):__

 

Indicate by check mark if the registrant is submitting the Form 6-K in paper as permitted by Regulation S-T Rule 101(b)(7):__

 

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant by furnishing the information contained in this Form is also thereby furnishing the information to the Commission pursuant to Rule 12g3-2(b) under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934.

 

Yes                                                                 No  X  

 

If "Yes" is marked, indicate below the file number assigned to

the registrant in connection with Rule 12g3-2(b): 82-             

 

This report on Form 6-K, except for any information contained on any websites linked in this report, shall be deemed incorporated by reference into the company’s Registration Statement on Form F-3 (File No. 333-222022) and to be a part thereof from the date on which this report is filed, to the extent not superseded by documents or reports subsequently filed or furnished.

 


 

 

Forward-looking statements

 

Cautionary statement regarding forward-looking statements

Certain sections in this document contain ‘forward-looking statements’ as that term is defined in the United States Private Securities Litigation Reform Act of 1995, such as statements that include the words ‘expect’, ‘estimate’, ‘project’, ‘anticipate’, ‘commit’, ‘believe’, ‘should’, ‘intend’, ‘plan’, ‘could’, ‘probability’, ‘risk’, ‘Value-at-Risk (VaR)’, ‘target’, ‘goal’, ‘objective’, ‘may’, ‘endeavour’, ‘outlook’, ‘optimistic’, ‘prospects’ and similar expressions or variations on these expressions.

 

In particular, this document includes forward-looking statements relating, but not limited to: future profitability and performance, including financial performance targets such as return on tangible equity; cost savings and targets, including cost:income ratios; litigation and government and regulatory investigations, including the timing and financial and other impacts thereof; structural reform and the implementation of the UK ring-fencing regime; the implementation of RBS’s transformation programme, the satisfaction of the Group’s residual EU State Aid obligations; the continuation of RBS’s balance sheet reduction programme, including the reduction of risk-weighted assets (RWAs) and the timing thereof; capital and strategic plans and targets; capital, liquidity and leverage ratios and requirements, including CET1 Ratio, RWA equivalents (RWAe), Pillar 2 and other regulatory buffer requirements, minimum requirement for own funds and eligible liabilities, and other funding plans; funding and credit risk profile; capitalisation; portfolios; net interest margin; customer loan and income growth; the level and extent of future impairments and write-downs, including with respect to goodwill; restructuring and remediation costs and charges; RBS’s exposure to political and economic risks, operational risk, conduct risk, cyber and IT risk and credit rating risk and to various types of market risks, including as interest rate risk, foreign exchange rate risk and commodity and equity price risk; customer experience including our Net Promotor Score (NPS); employee engagement and gender balance in leadership positions.

 

Limitations inherent to forward-looking statements

These statements are based on current plans, estimates, targets and projections, and are subject to significant inherent risks, uncertainties and other factors, both external and relating to the Group’s strategy or operations, which may result in the Group being unable to achieve the current targets, predictions, expectations and other anticipated outcomes expressed or implied by such forward-looking statements. In addition, certain of these disclosures are dependent on choices relying on key model characteristics and assumptions and are subject to various limitations, including assumptions and estimates made by management. By their nature, certain of these disclosures are only estimates and, as a result, actual future gains and losses could differ materially from those that have been estimated. Accordingly, undue reliance should not be placed on these statements. Forward-looking statements speak only as of the date we make them and we expressly disclaim any obligation or undertaking to release publicly any updates or revisions to any forward-looking statements contained herein to reflect any change in the Group’s expectations with regard thereto or any change in events, conditions or circumstances on which any such statement is based.

 

Important factors that could affect the actual outcome of the forward-looking statements

We caution you that a large number of important factors could adversely affect our results or our ability to implement our strategy, cause us to fail to meet our targets, predictions, expectations and other anticipated outcomes or affect the accuracy of forward-looking statements we describe in this document, including in the risk factors and other uncertainties set out in the Group’s 2017 Annual Report on Form 20-F and other materials filed with, or furnished to, the US Securities and Exchange Commission, and other risk factors and uncertainties discussed in this document. These include the significant risks for RBS presented by RBS’s ability to successfully implement the significant and complex restructuring required to be undertaken in order to implement the UK ring-fencing regime and related costs; RBS’s ability to successfully implement the various initiatives that are comprised in its restructuring and transformation programme, the balance sheet reduction programme and its significant cost-saving initiatives and whether RBS will be a viable, competitive, customer focused and profitable bank especially after its restructuring and the implementation of the UK ring-fencing regime; economic, regulatory and political risks, including as may result from the uncertainty arising from Brexit and from the outcome of general elections in the UK and changes in government policies; the outcomes of the legal, regulatory and governmental actions and investigations that RBS is or may be subject to and any resulting material adverse effect on RBS of unfavourable outcomes and the timing thereof (including where resolved by settlement); the dependence of the Group’s operations on its IT systems; the exposure of RBS to cyber-attacks and its ability to defend against such attacks; RBS’s ability to achieve its capital, funding, liquidity and leverage requirements or targets which will depend in part on RBS’s success in reducing the size of its business and future profitability as well as developments which may impact its CET1 capital including additional litigation or conduct costs, further impairments or accounting changes; ineffective management of capital or changes to regulatory requirements relating to capital adequacy and liquidity or failure to pass mandatory stress tests; RBS’s ability to access sufficient sources of capital, liquidity and funding when required; RBS’s ability to satisfy its residual EU State Aid obligations and the timing thereof; changes in the credit ratings of RBS, RBS entities or the UK government; declining revenues resulting from lower customer retention and revenue generation in light of RBS’s strategic refocus on the UK; as well as increasing competition from new incumbents and disruptive technologies.

1

 


 

 

Forward-looking statements

 

In addition, there are other risks and uncertainties that could adversely affect our results, ability to implement our strategy, cause us to fail to meet our targets or the accuracy of forward-looking statements in this document. These include operational risks that are inherent to RBS’s business and will increase as a result of RBS’s significant restructuring and transformation initiatives being concurrently implemented; the potential negative impact on RBS’s business of global economic and financial market conditions and other global risks, including risks arising out of geopolitical events and political developments; the impact of a prolonged period of low interest rates or unanticipated turbulence in interest rates, yield curves, foreign currency exchange rates, credit spreads, bond prices, commodity prices, equity prices; basis, volatility and correlation risks; RBS’s ability to attract and retain qualified personnel; limitations on, or additional requirements imposed on, RBS’s activities as a result of HM Treasury’s investment in RBS; the extent of future write-downs and impairment charges caused by depressed asset valuations; deteriorations in borrower and counterparty credit quality; heightened regulatory and governmental scrutiny (including by competition authorities) and the increasingly regulated environment in which RBS operates as well as divergences in regulatory requirements in the jurisdictions in which RBS operates; the risks relating to RBS’s IT systems or a failure to protect itself and its customers against cyber threats, reputational risks; risks relating to the failure to embed and maintain a robust conduct and risk culture across the organisation or if its risk management framework is ineffective; the value and effectiveness of any credit protection purchased by RBS; risks relating to the reliance on valuation, capital and stress test models and any inaccuracies resulting therefrom or failure to accurately reflect changes in the micro and macroeconomic environment in which RBS operates, risks relating to changes in applicable accounting policies or rules which may impact the preparation of RBS’s financial statements or adversely impact its capital position; the impact of the recovery and resolution framework and other prudential rules to which RBS is subject; the application of stabilisation or resolution powers in significant stress situations;  the execution of the run-down and/or sale of certain portfolios and assets; the recoverability of deferred tax assets by the Group; and the success of RBS in managing the risks involved in the foregoing.

 

The forward-looking statements contained in this document speak only as at the date hereof, and RBS does not assume or undertake any obligation or responsibility to update any forward-looking statement to reflect events or circumstances after the date hereof or to reflect the occurrence of unanticipated events.

 

The information, statements and opinions contained in this document do not constitute a public offer under any applicable legislation or an offer to sell or solicit of any offer to buy any securities or financial instruments or any advice or recommendation with respect to such securities or other financial instruments.

2

 


 

 

Introduction

 

Presentation of information

In this document, ‘RBSG plc’ or the ‘parent company’ refers to The Royal Bank of Scotland Group plc, and ‘RBS’ or the ‘Group’ refers to RBSG plc and its subsidiaries.

Any information contained on any websites linked or report references in this report is for information only and shall not be deemed to be incorporated by reference in this report.

 

Non-GAAP financial information

RBS prepares its financial statements in accordance with IFRS as issued by the IASB which constitutes a body of generally accepted accounting principles (‘GAAP’). This document contains a number of non-GAAP (or non-IFRS) financial measures. A non-GAAP financial measure is defined as one that measures historical or future financial performance, financial position or cash flows but which excludes or includes amounts that would not be so adjusted in the most comparable GAAP measure.

 

The non-GAAP financial measures used in this document generally exclude certain items which management believe are not representative of the underlying performance of the business and which distort period-on-period comparison. These measures are used internally by management, in conjunction with IFRS financial measures, to measure performance and make decisions regarding the future direction of the business. Management believes these non-GAAP financial measures, when provided in combination with reported IFRS results, provide helpful supplementary information for investors. These adjusted measures, derived from the reported results are non-IFRS financial measures but are not a substitute to IFRS reported measures.

 

The main non-GAAP measures used in this document include:

Performance, funding and credit metrics such as ‘return on tangible equity’, and related RWA equivalents incorporating the effect of capital deductions (RWAes), total assets excluding derivatives (funded assets), net interest margin (NIM) adjusted for items designated at fair value through profit or loss (non-statutory NIM), cost:income ratio and loan:deposit ratio. These are internal metrics used to measure business performance;

Personal & Business Banking (PBB) franchise results, combining the reportable segments of UK Personal & Business Banking (UK PBB) and Ulster Bank RoI, Commercial & Private Banking (CPB) franchise results, combining the reportable segments of Commercial Banking and Private Banking results which are presented to provide investors with a summary of the Group’s business performance; and

The Commercial Banking, Private Banking, RBS International and NatWest Markets operating segment period on period comparison is impacted by a number of business transfers executed in preparation for ring-fencing.  Commentary on the movements in the period for these segments has been adjusted for these item and reconciliation notes provided.

3

 


 

 

Introduction

 

Key operating indicators

This document includes a number of operational metrics which management believes may be helpful to investors in understanding the Group’s business, including the Group’s position against its own targets. These metrics include performance, funding and credit metrics such as ‘return on tangible equity’ and related RWA equivalents incorporating the effect of capital deductions (RWAes), total assets excluding derivatives (funded assets) and net interest margin (NIM) adjusted for items designated at fair value through profit or loss (non-statutory NIM), cost:income ratio, and loan:deposit ratio. These are internal metrics used to measure business performance.

 

Capital and liquidity measures

Certain liquidity and capital measures and ratios are presented in this document as management believes they are helpful for investors’ understanding of the liquidity and capital profile of the business and the Group’s position against its own targets and applicable regulatory requirements. Some of these measures are used by management for risk management purposes and may not yet be required to be disclosed by a government, governmental authority or self-regulatory organisation. As a result, the basis of calculation of these measures may not be the same as that used by the Group’s peers. These capital and liquidity measures and ratios include: the liquidity coverage ratio, stressed outflow coverage and net stable funding ratio. The Group also presents a pro forma CET1 ratio which is on an adjusted basis, this has not been prepared in accordance with Regulation S-X and should be read in conjunction with the notes provided as well as the section titled “Forward-looking Statements” on page 1.

 

Recent developments

It has now been confirmed by the independent body tasked with managing the previously announced alternative remedies package, Banking Competition Remedies Limited, that package is due to launch in November 2018.

4

 


 

 

 

The Royal Bank of Scotland Group plc

Interim Results for the period ending 30 June 2018

 

RBS\MIB\00000057\Secret

RBS reported an operating profit before tax of £1,826 million for H1 2018, including an £801 million litigation and conduct charge. RBS announces its intention to declare an interim dividend of 2p per share.

 

H1 2018 attributable profit of £888 million and a Q2 2018 attributable profit of £96 million.

 

Q2 2018 operating profit before tax of £613 million, compared with £1,238 million in Q2 2017.

 

 

Continued track record of delivery

 

Income resilient in a competitive market:

 

Total income decreased by £217 million, or 3.1%, compared with H1 2017. Income was broadly stable compared with H1 2017 excluding NatWest Markets, Central items and one-off gains in Commercial Banking.

 

Q2 2018 net interest margin of 2.01% decreased by 3 basis points compared with Q1 2018 reflecting increased liquidity and continued competitive margin pressure.

 

 

Lower costs through continued transformation and increased digitisation:

 

Compared with H1 2017, other expenses decreased by £133 million, or 3.6%, excluding a VAT release in 2017 and FTEs reduced by 6.7%.

 

6.0 million customers now regularly using our mobile app, 9% higher than December 2017. Over 80% of Commercial Banking customers are now interacting with us digitally, 41% of whom have migrated to new Bankline.

 

 

Legacy issues diminishing:

 

Reached civil settlement in principle with the US Department of Justice (DoJ) in relation to the DoJ’s investigation into RBS’s issuance and underwriting of US Residential Mortgage Backed Securities (RMBS) between 2005 and 2007, resulting in a £1,040 million additional provision in Q2 2018. In addition, a £241 million provision release relating to a RMBS litigation indemnity was recognised in the quarter.

 

Entered into a Memorandum of Understanding with the Trustees of the Main scheme of the RBS Group Pension Fund to address the historical funding weakness of the pension scheme, recognising a pre-tax £2.0 billion contribution against reserves and an equivalent reduction in CET1 capital.

 

 

Stronger capital position:

 

CET1 ratio of 16.1% includes the impact of the £2 billion pre-tax pension contribution, the civil settlement in principle with the DoJ and the accrual of the intended interim dividend. Excluding these items, CET1 ratio increased by 110 basis points in the quarter driven by underlying profitability and RWA reductions.

 

RWAs decreased by £3.9 billion in the quarter primarily reflecting reductions in NatWest Markets and continued active capital management in Commercial Banking.

 

 

Outlook (1)

 

We retain the outlook guidance we provided in the 2017 Annual Report on Form 20-F.

 

We intend to declare an interim dividend of 2p per ordinary share. Declaration of the interim dividend is subject to the timing of finalisation of the previously announced civil settlement in principle with the DoJ in relation to the DoJ’s investigation into RBS’s issuance and underwriting of US RMBS. We expect to finalise the settlement with the DoJ and will make a further announcement at the relevant time.

 

Note:

(1)

The targets, expectations and trends discussed in this section represent management’s current expectations and are subject to change, including as a result of the factors described in this document and in the “Risk Factors” on pages 55 and 56 of this document and on pages 349 to 379 of the 2017 Annual Report on Form 20-F. These statements constitute forward-looking statements; refer to Forward-looking statements in this document.

 

 

5

 


 

 

Business performance summary

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

Half year ended

  

Quarter ended

  

30 June

30 June

  

30 June

31 March

30 June

Performance key metrics and ratios

2018 

2017 

  

2018 

2018 

2017 

Operating profit before tax

£1,826m

£1,951m

  

£613m

£1,213m

£1,238m

Profit attributable to ordinary shareholders

£888m

£939m

  

£96m

£792m

£680m

Net interest margin

2.02%

2.18%

  

2.01%

2.04%

2.13%

Average interest earning assets

£431,211m

£413,598m

  

£434,928m

£427,394m

£421,981m

Cost:income ratio (1) 

70.4%

69.8%

  

80.0%

60.5%

64.4%

Earnings per share

  

  

  

  

  

  

  - basic

7.4p

7.9p

  

0.8p

6.6p

5.7p

  - basic fully diluted

7.4p

7.9p

  

0.8p

6.6p

5.7p

Return on tangible equity

5.3%

5.6%

  

1.1%

9.3%

8.0%

Average tangible equity

£33,754m

£33,705m

  

£33,522m

£34,216m

£33,974m

Average number of ordinary shares

  

  

  

  

  

  

 outstanding during the period (millions)

  

  

  

  

  

  

   - basic

11,980 

11,817 

  

12,003 

11,956 

11,841 

  -  fully diluted (2) 

12,039 

11,897 

  

12,062 

12,015 

11,923 

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

30 June

31 March

31 December

Balance sheet related key metrics and ratios

2018

2018

2017

Total assets

£748.3bn

£738.5bn

£738.1bn

Funded assets

£597.2bn

£588.7bn

£577.2bn

Loans and advances to customers (excludes reverse repos)

£320.0bn

£319.1bn

£323.2bn

Impairment provisions (3) 

£3.9bn

£4.2bn

£3.8bn

Customer deposits (excludes repos)

£366.3bn

£358.3bn

£367.0bn

  

  

  

  

Liquidity coverage ratio (LCR)

167%

151%

152%

Liquidity portfolio

£198bn

£180bn

£186bn

Net stable funding ratio (NSFR) (4) 

140%

137%

132%

Loan:deposit ratio

87%

89%

88%

Total wholesale funding

£75bn

£73bn

£70bn

Short-term wholesale funding

£13bn

£17bn

£18bn

  

  

  

  

Common Equity Tier (CET1) ratio

16.1%

16.4%

15.9%

Total capital ratio

21.5%

21.6%

21.3%

Pro forma CET 1 ratio, pre 2018 dividend accrual (5)

16.2%

16.4%

15.9%

Risk-weighted assets (RWAs)

£198.8bn

£202.7bn

£200.9bn

CRR leverage ratio

5.2%

5.4%

5.3%

UK leverage ratio

6.0%

6.2%

6.1%

  

  

  

  

Tangible net asset value (TNAV) per ordinary share

287p

297p

294p

Tangible net asset value (TNAV) per ordinary share - fully diluted

286p

295p

292p

Tangible equity

£34,564m

£35,644m

£35,164m

Number of ordinary shares in issue (millions)

12,028 

11,993 

11,965 

Number of ordinary shares in issue (millions) - fully diluted (2,6) 

12,095 

12,075 

12,031 

 

 

Notes:

(1)

Operating lease depreciation included in income for H1 2018 - £57 million and £26 million for Q2 2018; (Q1 2018 - £31 million; H1 2017 - £72 million; Q2 2017 - £36 million).

(2)

Includes the effect of dilutive share options and convertible securities. Dilutive shares on an average basis for H1 2018 were 59 million shares and for Q2 2018 were 59 million shares; (Q1 2018 - 59 million shares; H1 2017 - 80 million shares; Q2 2017 - 82 million shares) and as at 30 June 2018 were 67 million shares (31 March 2018 - 82 million shares; 31 December 2017 - 66 million shares).

(3)

30 June 2018 and 31 March 2018 prepared under IFRS 9, 31 December 2017 prepared under IAS 39. Refer to the February 2018 IFRS 9 Transition Report published on our website for further details.

(4)

In November 2016, the European Commission published its proposal for NSFR rules within the EU as part of its CRR2 package of regulatory reforms. CRR2 NSFR is expected to become the regulatory requirement in future within the EU and the UK. RBS has changed its policy on the NSFR to align with its interpretation of the CRR2 proposals with effect from 1 January 2018. The pro forma CRR2 NSFR at 31 December 2017 under CRR2 proposals is estimated to be 139%.

(5)

The pro forma CET 1 ratio at 30 June 2018 excludes the impact of the foreseeable interim dividend of £240 million that RBS intends to declare. The Group presents a pro forma CET1 ratio on an adjusted basis, which has not been prepared in accordance with Regulation S-X and should be read in conjunction the section titled “Forward-looking Statements” on page 1.

 

(6)

Includes 9 million treasury shares (31 March 2018 - 18 million shares; 31 December 2017 - 16 million shares).

 

Document navigation

The following are contained within this document:                                      

Business performance summary and segment performance (pages 6 to 18);

Statutory results (pages 19 to 54); and

Summary risk factors (pages 55 to 56).

.

 

 

 

6

 


 

 

Business performance summary

 

Summary consolidated income statement for the half year ended 30 June 2018

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

Half year ended

  

Quarter ended

  

30 June

30 June

  

30 June

31 March

30 June

  

2018 

2017 

  

2018 

2018 

2017 

  

£m

£m

  

£m

£m

£m

Net interest income

4,326 

4,472 

  

2,180 

2,146 

2,238 

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

Own credit adjustments

39 

(73)

  

18 

21 

(44)

Loss on redemption of own debt

(7)

  

(9)

Strategic disposals

156 

  

156 

Other non-interest income

2,337 

2,371 

  

1,202 

1,135 

1,366 

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

Non-interest income

2,376 

2,447 

  

1,220 

1,156 

1,469 

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

Total income

6,702 

6,919 

  

3,400 

3,302 

3,707 

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

Litigation and conduct costs

(801)

(396)

  

(782)

(19)

(342)

Strategic costs

(350)

(790)

  

(141)

(209)

(213)

Other expenses

(3,584)

(3,666)

  

(1,801)

(1,783)

(1,844)

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

Operating expenses

(4,735)

(4,852)

  

(2,724)

(2,011)

(2,399)

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

Profit before impairment losses

1,967 

2,067 

  

676 

1,291 

1,308 

Impairment losses

(141)

(116)

  

(63)

(78)

(70)

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

Operating profit before tax

1,826 

1,951 

  

613 

1,213 

1,238 

Tax charge

(741)

(727)

  

(412)

(329)

(400)

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

Profit for the period

1,085 

1,224 

  

201 

884 

838 

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

Attributable to:

  

  

  

  

  

  

Non-controlling interests

(16)

29 

  

(23)

18 

Other owners

213 

256 

  

128 

85 

140 

Ordinary shareholders

888 

939 

  

96 

792 

680 

 

 

Notable items within total income

  

  

  

  

  

  

IFRS volatility in Central items (1) 

(111)

154 

  

17 

(128)

172 

UK PBB debt sale gain

26 

  

 - 

26 

 - 

FX gains/losses in Central items and other

(108)

  

19 

(15)

(56)

Commercial Banking fair value and

  

  

  

  

  

  

   and disposal gain

192 

 - 

  

115 

77 

 - 

NatWest Markets legacy business disposal losses

(57)

(103)

  

(41)

(16)

(53)

Own credit adjustments

39 

(73)

  

18 

21 

(44)

Strategic disposals

 - 

156 

  

 - 

 - 

156 

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

Notable items within operating expenses

  

  

  

  

  

  

   Litigation and conduct costs

(801)

(396)

  

(782)

(19)

(342)

   of which: US RMBS

(802)

(222)

  

(803)

(222)

           of which: DoJ

(1,040)

 - 

  

(1,040)

 - 

 - 

                          Nomura

241 

 - 

  

241 

 - 

 - 

Strategic costs

(350)

(790)

  

(141)

(209)

(213)

VAT recovery in Central items and other

 - 

51 

  

 - 

 - 

 - 

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

 

Note:

(1)

IFRS volatility relates to loans which are economically hedged but for which hedge accounting is not permitted under IFRS.

 

 

7

 


 

 

 

Business performance summary

 

Income statement overview

 

Income

Total income decreased by £217 million, or 3.1%, compared with H1 2017 reflecting IFRS volatility movements, lower NatWest Markets income and a £156 million gain on disposal of RBS’s stake in Vocalink in H1 2017, partially offset by £192 million of fair value and disposal gains in Commercial Banking. Net interest margin was 16 basis points lower than H1 2017 with an 11 basis points reduction relating to increased liquidity, 3 basis points from competitive pressures on margin and 2 basis points from mix impacts.

 

Operating expenses

Operating expenses decreased by £117 million, or 2.4%, compared with H1 2017 primarily reflecting £440 million lower strategic costs and an £82 million reduction in other expenses, partially offset by £405 million higher litigation and conduct costs. Other expenses decreased by £133 million, or 3.6%, excluding a £51 million VAT release in 2017 and FTEs reduced by 6.7%. Litigation and conduct costs of £801 million largely comprises the £1,040 million charge relating to the civil settlement in principle with the DoJ, partially offset by a £241 million provision release relating to an RMBS litigation indemnity. The cost:income ratio of 70.4% is elevated due to the inclusion of the net RMBS related conduct charge, excluding these items the cost:income ratio would be 58.3%.

 

Impairments

A net impairment loss of £141 million, 9 basis points of gross customer loans, increased by £25 million, or 21.6%, compared with H1 2017 primarily reflecting fewer provision releases in UK PBB and the NatWest Markets legacy business, partially offset by Commercial Banking releases in Q2 2018 related to data quality improvements.

 

 

 

Capital distributions

 

We intend to declare an interim dividend of 2p per ordinary share. Declaration of the interim dividend, and the timing of its payment, is subject to the timing of finalisation of the previously announced civil settlement in principle with the DoJ in relation to the DoJ’s investigation into RBS’s issuance and underwriting of US RMBS. We expect to finalise the settlement with the DoJ and will make a further announcement at the relevant time. 

 

Our CET1 ratio of 16.1% includes a dividend accrual of £240 million, or 12 basis points of CET1 capital. We have agreed with the PRA that we will cease the current issuance programme of approximately £300 million of equity per annum as part immunisation of the coupon payments on capital securities upon declaration of the interim dividend.

 

Over time we expect to build to a regular dividend pay-out ratio in the order of 40%. We will consider further distributions in addition to regular dividend pay-outs. Such additional distributions remain to be agreed with the PRA and will be subject to passing the 2018 Bank of England stress test. We would not expect any such additional distributions until 2019.

 

In the near to medium term, we would expect the Bank to maintain a CET1 ratio in excess of our 13% target given a range of variables that are likely to impact us over the coming years. These include:

 

future agreed pension contributions and the interplay with capital buffers for the bank for investment risk being run in the pension plan;

RWA inflation as a result of IFRS 16, Bank of England mortgage floors and Basel 3 amendments;

expected increased and pro-cyclical impairment volatility as a result of IFRS 9; and

the collective impact of these items on our stress test results.

8

 


 

 

 

Business performance summary

 

Building the best bank for customers in the UK and Republic of Ireland

Delivery against our 2018 goal – Customer Segments

 

Our goal is to significantly increase net-promoter scores (NPS) or maintain No.1 in our chosen customer segments.

 

Strategy goal

Our 2018 goal

2018

Customer experience

 

Significantly increase NPS or maintain No.1 in our chosen customer segments

We are on target in one-third of our key customer segments.

 

Customer Advocacy – by Brand

Our brands are our main connection with customers. Each takes a clear and differentiated position with the aim of helping us strengthen our relationship with them. For this reason we also track customer advocacy, as measured by NPS, for our key brands. The table below shows NPS and Trust scores for our key brands:  

Net Promoter Scores by Brand

Q2 2017

Q4 2017

Q2 2018

Personal Banking

NatWest (England & Wales)(1)

13

12

13

Royal Bank of Scotland (Scotland)(1)

-21

-6

-21

Ulster Bank (Northern Ireland)(2)

-8

-5

-11

Ulster Bank (Republic of Ireland)(2)

-5

-7

-7

Business Banking

NatWest (England & Wales)(3)

-8

-7

-6

Royal Bank of Scotland (Scotland)(3)

-12

-15

-23

Commercial Banking(4) 

22

21

17

 

Trust Scores by Brand

NatWest (England & Wales )(5)

58

57

58

Royal Bank of Scotland (Scotland)(5)

27

27

27

 

We are aware that customer advocacy is not where it should be consistently enough and that we have more work to do in order to achieve our ambition. Our digital strategy is delivering high NPS in these areas; specifically our mobile application, paperless mortgage process and new Bankline are all scoring highly for customer advocacy. Our Commercial Banking NPS has fallen recently; however it remains ahead of the rest of the market and we remain committed to supporting our Commercial and Business customers.

 

Notes:

(1)

Source: GfK FRS 6 month rolling data. Latest base sizes: NatWest (England & Wales) (3103) Royal Bank of Scotland (Scotland) (432). Based on the question: "How likely is it that you would recommend (brand) to a relative, friend or colleague in the next 12 months for current account banking?“ Base: Claimed main banked current account customers.

(2)

Source: Coyne Research 12 month rolling data. Question: “Please indicate to what extent you would be likely to recommend (brand) to your friends or family using a scale of 0 to 10 where 0 is not at all likely and 10 is extremely likely”. Latest base sizes: Northern Ireland 291; Republic of Ireland 276.      

(3)

Source: Charterhouse Research Business Banking Survey, YE Q2 2018.  Based on interviews with businesses with an annual turnover up to £2 million. Latest base sizes: NatWest England & Wales (1248), RBS Scotland (425). Question: “How likely would you be to recommend (bank)”. Base: Claimed main bank. Data weighted by region and turnover to be representative of businesses in Great Britain.

(4)

Source: Charterhouse Research Business Banking Survey, YE Q2 2018.  Based on interviews with businesses with an annual turnover over £2 million in GB. Latest base size for RBSG is 887. Question: “How likely would you be to recommend (bank)”. Base: Claimed main bank. Data weighted by region and turnover to be representative of businesses in Great Britain

(5)

Source: Populus. Latest quarter’s data. Measured as a net % of those that trust RBS/NatWest to do the right thing, less those that do not. Latest base sizes: NatWest,

England & Wales (994), RBS Scotland (208).

 

9

 


 

 

 

Business performance summary

 

Personal & Business Banking – UK Personal & Business Banking (UK PBB)

  

Half year ended

  

Quarter ended

  

30 June

30 June

  

30 June

31 March

30 June

  

2018 

2017 

  

2018 

2018 

2017 

  

£m

£m

  

£m

£m

£m

Total income

3,161 

3,172 

  

1,570 

1,591 

1,589 

Operating expenses

(1,582)

(1,744)

  

(746)

(836)

(809)

Impairment losses

(147)

(97)

  

(90)

(57)

(54)

Operating profit

1,432 

1,331 

  

734 

698 

726 

Return on equity

28.9%

26.5%

  

30.0%

27.9%

29.2%

  

  

  

  

As at

  

  

  

  

30 June

31 March

31 December

  

  

  

  

2018 

2018 

2017 

  

  

  

  

£bn

£bn

£bn

Net loans & advances to customers

  

  

  

161.9 

160.5 

161.7 

Customer deposits

  

  

  

182.2 

180.4 

180.6 

RWAs

  

  

  

43.4 

43.4 

43.0 

 

H1 2018 compared with H1 2017

UK PBB now has 6 million regular mobile app users, 20% higher than H1 2017 and 9% higher than December 2017, supporting 70% digital penetration of active current account customers. Total digital sales increased by 27% in H1 2018 representing 42% of all sales. 57% of mortgage switching is now done digitally, compared with 34% in H1 2017. 56% of personal unsecured loans sales are via the digital channel, with digital volumes 38% higher than in H1 2017. In business banking, 88% of current accounts were opened digitally in H1 2018; 60% of loans less than £50,000 were originated digitally supporting very strong NPS; and accounting software provider FreeAgent was acquired on 1 June 2018.

Total income was £11 million, or 0.3%, lower driven by a £14 million impact associated with income recognition on impaired assets under IFRS 9 and a £24 million transfer to Private Banking(1), partially offset by an £18 million increase in debt sale gains in H1 2018. Net interest income of £2,542 million decreased by 0.9% as balance growth and deposit margin benefits were offset by mortgage margin compression associated with lower new business margins, with net interest margin down by 11 basis points to 2.81%. In addition, overdraft income decreased by £15 million following changes implemented in H2 2017, which included increasing the number of customer alerts.

Operating expenses were £162 million, or 9.3%, lower driven by a 4.8% reduction in staff costs associated with a 10.6% reduction in headcount, lower back-office operations costs and lower strategic costs. Further efficiencies from the integration of the business previously described as Williams and Glyn and lower fraud losses have been partially offset by increased technology investment spend as we build our digital capability.

Impairments were £50 million higher driven by fewer provision releases and recoveries following debt sales in prior years, with the underlying default charge remaining broadly stable.

Net loans and advances increased by 1.9% to £161.9 billion. Growth has slowed since 31 December 2017 as a result of higher mortgage redemptions and lower mortgage gross new business following intense mortgage competition. Gross new mortgage lending in H1 2018 was £13.6 billion. Mortgage market share was 11.5% in Q2 2018, supporting stock share of 10.0%, with mortgage approval share of approximately 14%. The paperless mortgage process has significantly improved customer NPS and supported improved completion rates. Momentum continued in lending in the personal advances and business banking sectors, increasing 8.8% and 1.5% respectively, supported by mobile and digital process improvements and personalised pre-approved limits.

Q2 2018 compared with Q1 2018

Total income was £21 million lower due to the non-repeat of debt sale income of £26 million and annual insurance profit share income of £21 million in Q1 2018. Net interest margin of 2.81% remained stable as mortgage margin pressure was offset by continued higher deposit margins.

Operating expenses were £90 million lower due to lower back-office operations costs, a 4.6% reduction in headcount and lower strategic costs.

Impairments were £33 million higher reflecting increases in the business banking and commercial sectors, the non-repeat of a model benefit in Q1 2018 and a few single name charges in Q2 2018.

Q2 2018 compared with Q2 2017

Total income was £19 million lower driven by an £8 million impact associated with income recognition on impaired assets under IFRS 9, an £12 million transfer to Private Banking and mortgage margin pressure.

Operating expenses were £63 million, or 7.8%, lower principally driven by reduced back-office operations costs and a 10.6% reduction in headcount.

Note:

(1)    UK PBB Collective Investment Funds (CIFL) business was transferred to Private Banking on 1 October 2017.

10

 


 

 

Business performance summary

 

 

Personal & Business Banking – Ulster Bank RoI

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

Half year ended

  

Quarter ended

  

30 June

30 June

  

30 June

31 March

30 June

  

2018 

2017 

  

2018 

2018 

2017 

  

£m

£m

  

£m

£m

£m

Total income

312 

293 

  

166 

146 

148 

Operating expenses

(252)

(293)

  

(124)

(128)

(151)

Impairment releases/(losses)

26 

11 

  

34 

(8)

(13)

Operating profit/(loss)

86 

11 

  

76 

10 

(16)

Return on equity

7.0%

0.8%

  

12.5%

1.6%

(2.4%)

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

As at

  

  

  

  

30 June

31 March

31 December

  

  

  

  

2018 

2018 

2017 

  

  

  

  

£bn

£bn

£bn

Net loans & advances to customers

  

  

  

19.1 

19.0 

19.5 

Customer deposits

  

  

  

17.6 

16.9 

17.5 

RWAs

  

  

  

16.8 

16.9 

18.0 

 

H1 2018 compared with H1 2017

Total income increased by £19 million, or 6.5% (€14 million, or 4.1%), driven by £25 million (€28 million) of one-off benefits, compared with £13 million (€15 million) of non-recurring benefits in 2017, and a continued reduction in the cost of customer deposits, partially offset by a decrease in income from free funds. Net interest margin increased by 18 basis points primarily reflecting a £11 million (€13 million) one-off funding benefit, a reduction in low yielding liquid assets following a dividend payment in January 2018, and an improvement in customer deposit margins.

Operating expenses decreased by £41 million, or £14.0% (€57 million, or 16.7%), principally due to a £39 million (€45 million) reduction in strategic costs and £16 million (€20 million) lower litigation and conduct costs, partially offset by £11 million (€12 million) of one-off accrual releases in H1 2017.  Staff costs were £6 million, or 6.3% (€10 million, or 8.9%), lower reflecting the benefit of recent restructuring initiatives and lower pension costs.

A net impairment release of £26 million (€30 million) reflects a more positive economic outlook and improved credit metrics across all portfolios.

Net loans and advances reduced by £0.4 billion (€0.6 billion), principally reflecting a £0.7 billion (€0.8 billion) reduction in the tracker mortgage book. Further progress was made towards building a more sustainable bank, including raising £0.9 billion (€1 billion) from a recent issuance of mortgage backed bonds and the announcement of our intention to sell a portfolio of non-performing loans in H2 2018.

Customer deposits increased by £0.7 billion (€0.6 billion), supporting a reduction in the loan:deposit ratio to 108% from 115%.

RWAs reduced by £1.2 billion, or 6.7% (€1.5 billion, or 7.3%), principally reflecting an improvement in credit metrics.

Q2 2018 compared with Q1 2018

Total income increased by £20 million (€25 million) primarily due to £20 million (€23 million) of non-recurring items in Q2 2018 including a one-off funding benefit, a gain on sale of the Easycash ATM business and a benefit associated with a previous asset disposal. Net interest margin increased by 11 basis points principally driven by the one-off funding benefit, partially offset by an increase in low yielding liquid assets in Q2 2018.

A net impairment release of £34 million (€39 million) compared to a charge of £8 million (€9 million) in Q1 2018 reflecting a more positive economic outlook and improved credit metrics.

Q2 2018 compared with Q2 2017

Total operating expenses decreased by £27 million (€38 million) primarily due to a £25 million (€31 million) reduction in litigation and conduct costs and £9 million (€10 million) lower strategic costs.

11

 


 

 

 

Business performance summary

 

Commercial & Private Banking – Commercial Banking

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

Half year ended

  

Quarter ended

  

30 June

30 June

  

30 June

31 March

30 June

  

2018 

2017 

  

2018 

2018 

2017 

  

£m

£m

  

£m

£m

£m

Total income

1,780 

1,750 

  

915 

865 

885 

Operating expenses

(849)

(996)

  

(404)

(445)

(446)

Impairment (losses)/releases

(19)

(94)

  

(23)

(33)

Operating profit

912 

660 

  

515 

397 

406 

Return on equity

14.1%

8.2%

  

15.9%

12.2%

10.7%

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

As at

  

  

  

  

30 June

31 March

31 December

  

  

  

  

2018 

2018 

2017 

  

  

  

  

£bn

£bn

£bn

Net loans & advances to customers

  

  

  

90.7 

90.7 

97.0 

Customer deposits

  

  

  

96.4 

93.7 

98.0 

RWAs

  

  

  

71.7 

72.4 

71.8 

 

Comparisons with prior periods are impacted by the transfer of shipping and other activities from NatWest Markets, the transfer of whole business securitisations and Relevant Financial Institutions to NatWest Markets in preparation for ring-fencing and the transfer of the funds and trustee depository business to RBS International. The net impact of the transfers on H1 2017 operating profit would have been to reduce income by £142 million, operating expenses by £4 million and impairments by £38 million. The net impact on the H1 2017 balance sheet would have been to reduce net loans and advances by £1.9 billion and RWAs by £0.4 billion, and increase customer deposits by £0.6 billion. The net impact of the transfers on Q2 2017 operating profit would have been to reduce income by £104 million, operating expenses by £2 million and impairments by £35 million. Q1 2018 income would have reduced by £4 million and the net impact on the Q1 2018 balance sheet would have been to reduce net loans and advances by £0.7 billion, customer deposits by £1.7 billion and RWAs by £0.1 billion. The variances in the commentary below have been adjusted for the impact of these transfers, unless otherwise stated.

 

H1 2018 compared with H1 2017 (comparisons adjusted for transfers)

Over 80% of customers regularly interact with us through a digital channel, 41% of whom are using our updated Bankline platform, and we have launched our Bankline Mobile app, which is planned to roll out in H2 2018.

Total income increased by £172 million, or 10.7%, to £1,780 million reflecting asset disposal and fair value gains of £192 million and disposal losses of £46 million in 2017, partially offset by lower lending. On an unadjusted basis, net interest margin decreased by 9 basis points to 1.65% reflecting a reclassification of net interest income to non-interest income under IFRS 9 partially offset by higher funding benefits from deposit balances.

Operating expenses decreased by £143 million, or 14.4%, to £849 million primarily reflecting £76 million lower strategic costs and £28 million lower staff costs, driven by a 13.5% headcount reduction. In addition, operating lease depreciation reduced by £15 million and litigation and conduct costs were £10 million lower.

Impairments reduced by £37 million, or 66.0%, to £19 million with £55 million of single name charges partially offset by net releases of £36 million, largely related to data quality improvements on the performing book.

Net lending reduced by £5.5 billion, or 5.8%, primarily driven by active capital management of the lending book.

RWAs reduced by £4.1 billion, or 5.5%, reflecting gross RWA reductions associated with active capital management, partially offset by £3.9 billion of model updates.

Q2 2018 compared with Q1 2018 (comparisons adjusted for transfers)

Total income increased by £46 million to £915 million primarily reflecting a £38 million increase in asset disposal and fair value gains to £115 million. On an unadjusted basis, net interest margin increased by 2 basis points to 1.66% principally reflecting increased deposit income.

Operating expenses decreased by £41 million to £404 million driven by a reduction in strategic, back-office operations and staff costs, partially offset by the non-repeat of one-off items in Q1 2018.

Net loans and advances decreased by £0.7 billion to £90.7 billion and RWAs reduced by £0.8 billion driven by the continued impact of capital management actions.

Q2 2018 compared with Q2 2017 (comparisons adjusted for transfers)

Total income increased by £134 million, or 17.2%, to £915 million primarily reflecting asset disposal and fair value gains of £115 million, disposal losses of £35 million in Q2 2017 and deposit income benefits, partially offset by lower lending volumes.

Operating expenses decreased by £40 million, or 9.0%, to £404 million primarily reflecting a 13.5% reduction in headcount, £13 million lower strategic costs and a £10 million reduction in operating lease depreciation.

12

 


 

 

Business performance summary

 

Commercial & Private Banking – Private Banking

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

Half year ended

  

Quarter ended

  

30 June

30 June

  

30 June

31 March

30 June

  

2018 

2017 

  

2018 

2018 

2017 

  

£m

£m

  

£m

£m

£m

Total income

382 

321 

  

198 

184 

161 

Operating expenses

(225)

(232)

  

(104)

(121)

(108)

Impairment losses

(1)

(7)

  

--

(1)

(4)

Operating profit

156 

82 

  

94 

62 

49 

Return on equity

15.8%

7.7%

  

19.3%

12.5%

9.6%

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

As at

  

  

  

  

30 June

31 March

31 December

  

  

  

  

2018 

2018 

2017 

  

  

  

  

£bn

£bn

£bn

Net loans & advances to customers

  

  

  

13.8 

13.7 

13.5 

Customer deposits

  

  

  

26.4 

25.3 

26.9 

RWAs

  

  

  

9.4 

9.4 

9.1 

AUM

  

  

  

21.3 

20.3 

21.5 

 

Comparisons with prior periods are impacted by the transfer of the Collective Investment Fund business from UK PBB and by the transfers of Coutts Crown Dependency and the International Client Group Jersey to RBS International. The net impact of the transfers on H1 2017 operating profit would have been to increase income by £18 million and increase operating expenses by £6 million. The net impact on the H1 2017 balance sheet would have been to reduce net loans and advances by £0.3 billion, RWAs by £0.1 billion and to increase assets under management by £1.6 billion. The net impact of the transfers on Q2 2017 operating profit would have been to increase income by £9 million and increase operating expenses by £3 million. The variances in the commentary below have been adjusted for the impact of these transfers, unless otherwise stated.

 

H1 2018 compared with H1 2017 (comparisons adjusted for transfers)

Total income of £382 million increased by £43 million, or 12.7%, largely due to increased lending and assets under management, partially offset by asset margin pressure. On an unadjusted basis, net interest margin remained stable at 2.53% as increased deposit income was offset by asset margin pressure.

Operating expenses of £225 million decreased by £13 million, or 5.6%, reflecting £6 million lower strategic costs, a £6 million reduction in back-office operations costs and a £5 million decrease in staff costs driven by a 17.6% headcount reduction.

Net loans and advances of £13.8 billion increased by £1.3 billion, or 10.1%, primarily in mortgages, whilst RWAs of £9.4 billion increased by £0.5 billion, or 5.7%,  reflecting a continued focus on capital efficient lending.

Assets under management increased by £1.8 billion, or 9.3%, reflecting new business inflows and investment performance. In addition, Private Banking currently manage a further £7.2 billion of assets under management on behalf of RBS Group which sit outside of Private Banking. Total assets under management overseen by Private Banking have increased by 7.1% to £28.6 billion.

Q2 2018 compared with Q1 2018

Total income increased by £14 million to £198 million reflecting increased lending, higher deposit income and a one-off investment income benefit of £4 million.

Operating expenses were £17 million lower at £104 million, primarily driven by £10 million lower strategic costs and a £6 million reduction in back-office operations costs reflecting one-off releases in Q2 2018.

Assets under management increased by £1.0 billion primarily reflecting new business inflows and investment performance.

Q2 2018 compared with Q2 2017 (comparisons adjusted for transfers)

Total income increased by £28 million, or 16.7%, to £198 million reflecting increased lending and assets under management, partially offset by margin pressure.

Operating expenses decreased by £7 million, or 6.3%, to £104 million primarily reflecting lower staff costs, driven by a 17.6% headcount reduction, lower strategic costs and a reduction in back-office operations costs.

13

 


 

 

 

Business performance summary

 

RBS International

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

Half year ended

  

Quarter ended

  

30 June

30 June

  

30 June

31 March

30 June

  

2018 

2017 

  

2018 

2018 

2017 

  

£m

£m

  

£m

£m

£m

Total income

284 

195 

  

147 

137 

97 

Operating expenses

(114)

(94)

  

(55)

(59)

(48)

Impairment releases/(losses)

(5)

  

Operating profit

173 

96 

  

95 

78 

51 

Return on equity

25.7%

13.1%

  

27.9%

23.2%

14.0%

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

As at

  

  

  

  

30 June

31 March

31 December

  

  

  

  

2018 

2018 

2017 

  

  

  

  

£bn

£bn

£bn

Net loans & advances to customers

  

  

  

13.0 

13.1 

8.7 

Customer deposits

  

  

  

28.5 

27.0 

29.0 

RWAs

  

  

  

6.8 

7.0 

5.1 

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

Comparisons with prior periods are impacted by the transfer of the funds and trustee depositary business from Commercial Banking and by the transfers of Coutts Crown Dependency and the International Client Group from Private Banking. The net impact of the transfers on H1 2017 would have increased income by £82 million and increased operating expenses by £7 million. The net impact on the H1 2017 balance sheet would have been to increase net loans and advances by £4.5 billion, customer deposits by £0.9 billion and RWAs by £2.2 billion. The net impact of the transfers on Q2 2017 would have increased income by £42 million and increased operating expenses by £4 million. The net impact of transfers on Q1 2018 would have decreased income by £5 million. The variances in the commentary below have been adjusted for the impact of these transfers, unless otherwise stated.

 

H1 2018 compared with H1 2017 (comparisons adjusted for transfers)

Operating profit of £173 million increased by £2 million, or 1.1%, as higher income, lower impairments and a litigation and conduct release were partially offset by higher operating costs. Return on equity increased to 25.7% from 19.4% driven by the benefit of receiving the advanced internal rating based waiver at the end of 2017.

Total income of £284 million increased by £7 million, or 2.4%, largely driven by deposit margin benefits. On an unadjusted basis, net interest margin increased by 29 basis points to 1.64% primarily driven by the impact of transfers and a change in product mix.

Operating expenses increased by £13 million, or 12.7%, to £114 million due to £16 million higher back-office costs associated with becoming a non ring-fenced bank and £5 million of remediation costs, partially offset by a £10 million litigation and conduct provision release.

Net loans and advances decreased by £0.3 billion, or 2.3%, due to customer activity in the Funds sector. Customer deposits increased by £2.1 billion reflecting a large inflow of short term placements in the Funds sector.

RWAs of £6.8 billion were £4.8 billion lower, in line with reduced lending and the benefit of receiving the advanced internal rating based waiver on the wholesale corporate book in Q4 2017.

Q2 2018 compared with Q1 2018 (comparisons adjusted for transfers)

Total income of £147 million was £15 million higher, principally driven by deposit margin benefits.

Operating expenses were £4 million lower due to an £8 million conduct provision release, partially offset by higher  remediation costs.

A net impairment release of £3 million reflects revised credit rating metrics in the quarter.

Q2 2018 compared with Q2 2017 (comparisons adjusted for transfers)

Total income increased by £8 million, or 5.7%, to £147 million driven by deposit margin benefits. On an unadjusted basis, net interest margin increased by 42 basis points to 1.72% primarily reflecting the impact of transfers and change in product mix.

Operating expenses increased by £3 million, or 6.5%, to £55 million due to higher back-office costs associated with becoming a non ring-fenced bank and increased remediation costs, partially offset by a conduct provision release.

 

14

 


 

 

Business performance summary

 

NatWest Markets(1) 

 

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

Half year ended

  

Quarter ended

  

30 June

30 June

  

30 June

31 March

30 June

  

2018 

2017 

  

2018 

2018 

2017 

  

£m

£m

  

£m

£m

£m

Total income

721  

830  

  

284  

437  

401  

Operating expenses

(671)

(1,092)

  

(322)

(349)

(511)

Impairment (losses)/releases

(4)

77  

  

(13)

9  

32  

Operating profit/(loss)

46  

(185)

  

(51)

97  

(78)

Return on equity

(0.5%)

(4.2%)

  

(3.0%)

2.0%

(3.9%)

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

As at

  

  

  

  

30 June

31 March

31 December

  

  

  

  

2018 

2018 

2017 

  

  

  

  

£bn

£bn

£bn

Funded assets

  

  

  

134.5  

135.2  

118.7  

RWAs

  

  

  

50.1  

53.1  

52.9  

 

Note:

(1)

 

The NatWest Markets operating segment should not be assumed to be the same as the NatWest Markets Plc legal entity or group following completion of the capital reduction on 2 July 2018.

 

Comparisons with prior periods are impacted by the transfer of shipping and other activities to Commercial Banking and the transfer of whole business securitisations and Relevant Financial Institutions from Commercial Banking in preparation for ring-fencing. The net impact of the transfers on H1 2017 operating profit would have been to increase total income by £66 million and reduce operating expenses by £1 million and the net release of impairments by £38 million. The net impact on the H1 2017 balance sheet would have been to reduce funded assets by £2.4 billion and RWAs by £1.8 billion. The net impact of the transfers on Q2 2017 operating profit would have been to increase total income by £65 million and reduce the impairment release by £35 million to a net impairment loss. The variances in the commentary below have been adjusted for the impact of these transfers, unless stated otherwise.

 

H1 2018 compared with H1 2017 (comparisons adjusted for transfers)

Total income decreased by £175 million, or 19.5%, primarily reflecting reduced income in the core Rates business, which was impacted by some turbulence in European bond markets during Q2 2018, compared to a strong H1 2017. Income of £721 million includes core income of £728 million, legacy losses of £46 million driven by disposals and own credit adjustments of £39 million.

Operating expenses decreased by £420 million, or 38.5%, to £671 million reflecting lower strategic, litigation and conduct costs and lower other expenses, as the legacy business winds down.

Funded assets decreased by £4.8 billion, or 3.5%, to £134.5 billion principally reflecting the wind down of the legacy business.

RWAs decreased by £6.4 billion to £50.1 billion primarily reflecting a reduction in legacy RWAs.

Q2 2018 compared with Q1 2018

Total income decreased by £153 million, having been impacted by some turbulence in European bond markets in Q2 2018. Income of £284 million includes core income of £316 million, legacy losses of £50 million driven by disposals and own credit adjustments of £18 million.

RWAs decreased by £3.0 billion to £50.1 billion reflecting a reduction of £1.9 billion in legacy RWAs and lower market risk in core RWAs, down £1.1 billion to £34.5 billion.

Q2 2018 compared with Q2 2017 (comparisons adjusted for transfers)

Total income decreased by £182 million to £284 million reflecting a strong Q2 2017 and some turbulence in European bond markets in Q2 2018.

Operating expenses of £322 million decreased by £189 million principally reflecting the legacy business wind down and lower strategic and litigation and conduct costs.

 

Central items & other

Central items not allocated represented a charge of £979 million in H1 2018, compared with a £44 million charge in H1 2017. Litigation and conduct costs of £783 million increased by £521 million compared with H1 2017 as RMBS related charges are now included within central items. H1 2018 Treasury funding costs were a charge of £68 million, compared with gain of £132 million in H1 2017, and included a £111 million IFRS volatility charge compared with a £154 million IFRS volatility gain in H1 2017.

 

15

 


 

 

Business performance summary

 

Capital and leverage ratios

  

  

 

End-point CRR basis (1) 

  

30 June 

31 December 

  

2018 

2017 

Risk asset ratios

  

  

  

CET1

16.1 

15.9 

Tier 1

18.1 

17.9 

Total

21.5 

21.3 

  

  

  

Capital

£m

£m

  

  

  

Tangible equity

34,564 

35,164 

  

  

  

Expected loss less impairment provisions

(636)

(1,286)

Prudential valuation adjustment

(608)

(496)

Deferred tax assets

(746)

(849)

Own credit adjustments

(224)

(90)

Pension fund assets

(316)

(287)

Cash flow hedging reserve

151 

(227)

Other deductions

(235)

28 

  

  

  

Total deductions

(2,614)

(3,207)

  

  

  

CET1 capital

31,950 

31,957 

AT1 capital

4,051 

4,041 

  

  

  

Tier 1 capital

36,001 

35,998 

Tier 2 capital

6,659 

6,765 

  

  

  

Total regulatory capital

42,660 

42,763 

  

  

  

Risk-weighted assets

  

  

  

  

  

Credit risk

  

  

  - non-counterparty

144,000 

144,700 

  - counterparty

15,100 

15,400 

Market risk

17,300 

17,000 

Operational risk

22,400 

23,800 

  

  

  

Total RWAs

198,800 

200,900 

  

  

  

Leverage

  

  

  

  

  

Cash and balances at central banks

102,600 

98,300 

Derivatives

151,100 

160,800 

Loans and advances

338,100 

339,400 

Reverse repos

38,900 

40,700 

Other assets

117,600 

98,900 

  

  

  

Total assets

748,300 

738,100 

Derivatives

  

  

  - netting and variation margin

(153,400)

(161,700)

  - potential future exposures

46,200 

49,400 

Securities financing transactions gross up

2,700 

2,300 

Undrawn commitments

50,700 

53,100 

Regulatory deductions and other adjustments

(1,200)

(2,100)

  

  

  

CRR leverage exposure

693,300 

679,100 

  

  

  

CRR leverage ratio %

5.2 

5.3 

  

  

  

UK leverage exposure (2)

597,700 

587,100 

  

  

  

UK leverage ratio % (2)

6.0 

6.1 

 

Notes:

(1)

Based on end-point CRR Tier 1 capital and leverage exposure under the CRR Delegated Act.

(2)

Based on end-point CRR Tier 1 capital and UK leverage exposures reflecting the post EU referendum measures announced by the Bank of England in the third quarter of 2016.

 

16

 


 

 

Segment performance

  

Half year ended 30 June 2018

  

PBB

  

CPB

  

  

  

Central

  

  

  

Ulster

  

Commercial

Private

RBS

  

NatWest

items &

Total

  

UK PBB

Bank RoI

  

Banking

Banking

International

  

Markets

other (1)

RBS

  

£m

£m

  

£m

£m

£m

  

£m

£m

£m

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

Income statement

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

Net interest income

2,542 

224 

  

997 

252 

219 

  

67 

25 

4,326 

Other non-interest income

619 

88 

  

783 

130 

65 

  

615 

37 

2,337 

Own credit adjustments

  

  

39 

39 

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

Total income

3,161 

312 

  

1,780 

382 

284 

  

721 

62 

6,702 

Direct expenses - staff costs

(374)

(90)

  

(217)

(69)

(51)

  

(309)

(793)

(1,903)

                           - other costs

(85)

(41)

  

(85)

(21)

(33)

  

(115)

(1,301)

(1,681)

Indirect expenses

(997)

(100)

  

(512)

(126)

(37)

  

(201)

1,973 

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

Strategic costs - direct

(25)

  

(5)

(1)

  

(28)

(293)

(350)

                         - indirect

(97)

(6)

  

(36)

(7)

(3)

  

(6)

155 

Litigation and conduct costs

(4)

(17)

  

(1)

10 

  

(12)

(783)

(801)

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

Operating expenses

(1,582)

(252)

  

(849)

(225)

(114)

  

(671)

(1,042)

(4,735)

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

Operating profit/(loss) before impairment (losses)/releases

1,579 

60 

  

931 

157 

170 

  

50 

(980)

1,967 

Impairment (losses)/releases

(147)

26 

  

(19)

(1)

  

(4)

(141)

Operating profit/(loss)

1,432 

86 

  

912 

156 

173 

  

46 

(979)

1,826 

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

Additional information

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

Return on equity (2)

28.9%

7.0%

  

14.1%

15.8%

25.7%

  

(0.5%)

nm

5.3%

Cost:income ratio (3)

50.0%

80.8%

  

46.0%

58.9%

40.1%

  

93.1%

nm

70.4%

Impairments as a % of gross loans and advances to customers

0.18%

(0.26%)

  

0.04%

nm

nm

  

nm

nm

0.09%

Net interest margin %

2.81%

1.85%

  

1.65%

2.53%

1.64%

  

0.50%

nm

2.02%

Third party customer asset rate %

3.42%

2.39%

  

2.77%

2.85%

2.44%

  

nm

nm

nm

Third party customer funding rate %

(0.27%)

(0.21%)

  

(0.31%)

(0.18%)

(0.09%)

  

nm

nm

nm

Average interest earning assets (£bn)

182.4 

24.4 

  

121.7 

20.1 

26.9 

  

27.1 

28.6 

431.2 

Total assets (£bn)

192.3 

24.9 

  

141.8 

20.9 

29.8 

  

285.0 

53.6 

748.3 

Funded assets (£bn)

192.3 

24.8 

  

141.8 

20.9 

29.8 

  

134.5 

53.1 

597.2 

Net loans and advances to customers (£bn)

161.9 

19.1 

  

90.7 

13.8 

13.0 

  

21.2 

0.3 

320.0 

Impairment provisions (£bn) (4) 

(1.5)

(1.1)

  

(1.1)

(0.1)

  

(0.2)

0.1 

(3.9)

Customer deposits (£bn)

182.2 

17.6 

  

96.4 

26.4 

28.5 

  

14.8 

0.4 

366.3 

Risk-weighted assets (RWAs) (£bn)

43.4 

16.8 

  

71.7 

9.4 

6.8 

  

50.1 

0.6 

198.8 

RWA equivalent (RWAes) (£bn)

44.5 

17.3 

  

74.9 

9.5 

6.8 

  

54.1 

0.8 

207.9 

Employee numbers (FTEs - thousands)

18.6 

2.8 

  

4.5 

1.4 

1.7 

  

5.6 

35.4 

70.0 

For the notes to this table refer to the following page. nm = not meaningful.

  

  

  

  

  

                               

17

 


 

 

 

Segment performance

  

Quarter ended 30 June 2018

  

PBB

  

CPB

  

  

  

Central

  

  

  

Ulster

  

Commercial

Private

RBS

  

NatWest

items &

Total

  

UK PBB

Bank RoI

  

Banking

Banking

International

  

Markets

other (1) 

RBS

  

£m

£m

  

£m

£m

£m

  

£m

£m

£m

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

Income statement

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

Net interest income

1,283 

118 

  

505 

129 

115 

  

31 

(1)

2,180 

Other non-interest income

287 

48 

  

410 

69 

32 

  

235 

121 

1,202 

Own credit adjustments

  

  

18 

18 

Total income

1,570 

166 

  

915 

198 

147 

  

284 

120 

3,400 

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

Direct expenses  - staff costs

(188)

(45)

  

(107)

(34)

(27)

  

(144)

(394)

(939)

                            - other costs

(37)

(24)

  

(49)

(10)

(18)

  

(62)

(662)

(862)

Indirect expenses

(476)

(47)

  

(250)

(60)

(17)

  

(99)

949 

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

Strategic costs - direct

(19)

  

(7)

  

(11)

(107)

(141)

                         - indirect

(23)

(3)

  

(2)

  

25 

Litigation and conduct costs

(3)

(8)

  

(1)

  

(6)

(780)

(782)

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

Operating expenses

(746)

(124)

  

(404)

(104)

(55)

  

(322)

(969)

(2,724)

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

Operating profit/(loss) before impairment (losses)/releases

824 

42 

  

511 

94 

92 

  

(38)

(849)

676 

Impairment (losses)/releases

(90)

34 

  

  

(13)

(1)

(63)

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

Operating profit/(loss)

734 

76 

  

515 

94 

95 

  

(51)

(850)

613 

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

Additional information

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

Return on equity (2) 

30.0%

12.5%

  

15.9%

19.3%

27.9%

  

(3.0%)

nm

1.1%

Cost:income ratio (3) 

47.5%

74.7%

  

42.5%

52.5%

37.4%

  

113.4%

nm

80.0%

Impairments as a % of gross loans and advances to customers

0.22%

(0.67%)

  

(0.02%)

nm

nm

  

nm

nm

0.08%

Net interest margin %

2.81%

1.91%

  

1.66%

2.54%

1.72%

  

0.46%

nm

2.01%

Third party customer asset rate %

3.41%

2.40%

  

2.79%

2.82%

2.34%

  

nm

nm

nm

Third party customer funding rate %

(0.27%)

(0.21%)

  

(0.31%)

(0.17%)

(0.11%)

  

nm

nm

nm

Average interest earning assets (£bn)

183.1 

24.8 

  

121.9 

20.3 

26.9 

  

27.0 

30.9 

434.9 

Total assets (£bn)

192.3 

24.9 

  

141.8 

20.9 

29.8 

  

285.0 

53.6 

748.3 

Funded assets (£bn)

192.3 

24.8 

  

141.8 

20.9 

29.8 

  

134.5 

53.1 

597.2 

Net loans and advances to customers (£bn)

161.9 

19.1 

  

90.7 

13.8 

13.0 

  

21.2 

0.3 

320.0 

Impairment provisions (£bn) (4) 

(1.5)

(1.1)

  

(1.1)

(0.1)

  

(0.2)

0.1 

(3.9)

Customer deposits (£bn)

182.2 

17.6 

  

96.4 

26.4 

28.5 

  

14.8 

0.4 

366.3 

Risk-weighted assets (RWAs) (£bn)

43.4 

16.8 

  

71.7 

9.4 

6.8 

  

50.1 

0.6 

198.8 

RWA equivalent (RWAes) (£bn)

44.5 

17.3 

  

74.9 

9.5 

6.8 

  

54.1 

0.8 

207.9 

Employee numbers (FTEs - thousands)

18.6 

2.8 

  

4.5 

1.4 

1.7 

  

5.6 

35.4 

70.0 

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

nm = not meaningful

  

  

  

  

  

                               

Notes:

(1)

Central items include unallocated transactions which principally comprise volatile items under IFRS and RMBS related charges.

(2)

RBS’s CET 1 target is in excess of 13% but for the purposes of computing segmental return on equity (ROE), to better reflect the differential drivers of capital usage, segmental operating profit after tax and adjusted for preference dividends is divided by notional equity allocated at different rates of 14% (Ulster Bank RoI), 11% (Commercial Banking), 13.5% (Private Banking), 16% (RBS International) and 15% for all other segments, of the monthly average of segmental risk-weighted assets incorporating the effect of capital deductions (RWAes). RBS Return on equity is calculated using profit for the period attributable to ordinary shareholders.

(3)

Operating lease depreciation included in income (H1 2018 - £57 million; Q2 2018 - £26 million).

(4)

Prepared under IFRS 9. Refer to the February 2018 IFRS 9 Transition report for further details.

 

18

 


 

 

Condensed consolidated income statement for the period ended 30 June 2018 (unaudited) 

  

Half year ended

  

30 June

30 June

2018 

2017 

  

£m 

£m 

Interest receivable

5,444 

5,462 

Interest payable

(1,118)

(990)

Net interest income (1) 

4,326 

4,472 

  

  

  

Fees and commissions receivable

1,646 

1,666 

Fees and commissions payable

(451)

(448)

Income from trading activities

847 

884 

Loss on redemption of own debt

(7)

Other operating income

334 

352 

Non-interest income

2,376 

2,447 

Total income

6,702 

6,919 

  

  

  

Staff costs

(2,086)

(2,447)

Premises and equipment

(644)

(678)

Other administrative expenses

(1,636)

(1,208)

Depreciation and amortisation

(338)

(511)

Write down of other intangible assets

(31)

(8)

Operating expenses

(4,735)

(4,852)

  

  

  

Profit before impairment losses

1,967 

2,067 

Impairment losses

(141)

(116)

  

  

  

Operating profit before tax

1,826 

1,951 

Tax charge

(741)

(727)

  

  

  

Profit for the period

1,085 

1,224 

Attributable to:

  

  

Non-controlling interests

(16)

29 

Preference share and other dividends

213 

256 

Ordinary shareholders

888 

939 

  

  

  

Basic earnings per ordinary share (2) 

7.4p

7.9p

 

Notes:

(1)

Negative interest on loans and advances is reported as interest payable. Negative interest on customer deposits is reported as interest receivable.

(2)

There is no dilutive impact in any period.

 

19

 


 

 

Condensed consolidated statement of comprehensive income for the period ended 30 June 2018 (unaudited) 

 

  

Half year ended

  

30 June

30 June

  

2018 

2017 

  

£m

£m

Profit for the period

1,085 

1,224 

  

  

  

Items that do not qualify for reclassification

  

  

Loss on remeasurement of retirement benefit schemes

(26)

Profit/(loss) on fair value of credit in financial liabilities designated

  

  

  at fair value through profit or loss due to own credit risk

95 

(77)

Fair value through other comprehensive income (FVOCI) (1) 

Funding commitment to retirement benefit schemes (2) 

(2,000)

Tax

500 

(8)

  

  

  

  

(1,402)

(111)

Items that do qualify for reclassification

  

  

FVOCI financial assets (1)

199 

29 

Cash flow hedges

(521)

(611)

Currency translation

18 

103 

Tax

97 

161 

  

  

  

  

(207)

(318)

  

  

  

Other comprehensive loss after tax

(1,609)

(429)

  

  

  

Total comprehensive (loss)/income for the period

(524)

795 

  

  

  

Total comprehensive (loss)/income is attributable to:

  

  

Non-controlling interests

(29)

49 

Preference shareholders

74 

85 

Paid-in equity holders

139 

171 

Ordinary shareholders

(708)

490 

  

  

  

  

(524)

795 

 Notes: 

(1)

Refer to Note 2 for further information on the impact of IFRS 9 on classification and basis of preparation, half year ended 30 June 2018 prepared under IFRS 9 and half year ended 30 June 2017 under IAS 39.

(2)

On 17 April 2018 RBS agreed a Memorandum of Understanding (MoU) with the Trustees of the RBS Group Pension Fund in connection with the requirements of ring-fencing.  NatWest Markets Plc cannot continue to be a participant in the Main section and separate arrangements are required for its employees.  Under the MoU NatWest Bank will make a contribution of £2 billion to strengthen funding of the Main section in recognition of the changes in covenant. The contribution will be made later in 2018.

 

20

 


 

 

Condensed consolidated balance sheet as at 30 June 2018 (unaudited) 

 

  

30 June

31 December

2018 

2017 

  

£m

£m 

  

  

  

Assets

  

  

Cash and balances at central banks

102,590 

98,337 

Net loans and advances to banks

18,100 

16,254 

Reverse repurchase agreements and stock borrowing

9,739 

13,997 

Loans and advances to banks

27,839 

30,251 

Net loans and advances to customers

319,961 

323,184 

Reverse repurchase agreements and stock borrowing

29,177 

26,735 

Loans and advances to customers

349,138 

349,919 

Debt securities

92,269 

78,933 

Equity shares

581 

450 

Settlement balances

8,325 

2,517 

Derivatives

151,136 

160,843 

Intangible assets

6,570 

6,543 

Property, plant and equipment

4,370 

4,602 

Deferred tax

1,815 

1,740 

Prepayments, accrued income and other assets

3,620 

3,726 

Assets of disposal groups

83 

195 

  

  

  

Total assets

748,336 

738,056 

  

  

  

Liabilities

  

  

Bank deposits

40,059 

39,479 

Repurchase agreements and stock lending

8,651 

7,419 

Deposits by banks

48,710 

46,898 

Customer deposits

366,341 

367,034 

Repurchase agreements and stock lending

35,459 

31,002 

Customer accounts

401,800 

398,036 

Debt securities in issue

36,723 

30,559 

Settlement balances

7,799 

2,844 

Short positions

35,041 

28,527 

Derivatives

143,689 

154,506 

Provisions for liabilities and charges

6,995 

7,757 

Accruals and other liabilities

5,841 

6,392 

Retirement benefit liabilities

2,130 

129 

Deferred tax

501 

583 

Subordinated liabilities

10,602 

12,722 

Liabilities of disposal groups

14 

10 

  

  

  

Total liabilities

699,845 

688,963 

  

  

  

Equity

  

  

Non-controlling interests

734 

763 

Owners’ equity*

  

  

  Called up share capital

12,028 

11,965 

  Reserves

35,729 

36,365 

  

  

  

Total equity

48,491 

49,093 

  

  

  

Total liabilities and equity

748,336 

738,056 

  

  

  

*Owners’ equity attributable to:

  

  

Ordinary shareholders

41,134 

41,707 

Other equity owners

6,623 

6,623 

  

  

  

  

47,757 

48,330 

21

 


 

 

Condensed consolidated statement of changes in equity for the period ended 30 June 2018 (unaudited) 

 

  

Half year ended

  

30 June

30 June

2018

2017

£m

£m

  

  

  

Called-up share capital - at beginning of period

11,965 

11,823 

Ordinary shares issued

63 

53 

  

  

  

At end of period

12,028 

11,876 

  

  

  

Paid-in equity - at beginning of period

4,058 

4,582 

Redemption call by RBS Capital Trust III (1)

(91)

  

  

  

At end of period

4,058 

4,491 

  

  

  

Share premium account - at beginning of period

887 

25,693 

Ordinary shares issued

108 

96 

Capital reduction (2) 

  

(25,789)

  

  

  

At end of period

995 

  

  

  

Merger reserve - at beginning and end of period

10,881 

10,881 

  

  

  

Fair value through other  comprehensive income reserve  - at beginning of period (3) 

255 

238 

Implementation of IFRS 9 on 1 January 2018

  

34 

Unrealised gains

203 

100 

Realised gains

(3)

(71)

Tax

(47)

(8)

  

  

  

At end of period

442 

259 

  

  

  

Cash flow hedging reserve - at beginning of period

227 

1,030 

Amount recognised in equity

(156)

(240)

Amount transferred from equity to earnings

(365)

(371)

Tax

143 

156 

  

  

  

At end of period

(151)

575 

  

  

  

  

Foreign exchange reserve - at beginning of period

2,970 

2,888 

Retranslation of net assets

(58)

124 

Foreign currency gains/(losses) on hedges of net assets

14 

(8)

Tax

13 

Recycled to profit or loss on disposal of businesses (4) 

74 

(33)

  

  

  

At end of period

3,001 

2,984 

  

  

  

  

Capital redemption reserve - at beginning of period

4,542 

Capital reduction (2) 

  

(4,542)

At end of period

  

  

  

  

  

Retained earnings - at beginning of period

  

17,130 

(12,936)

Implementation of IFRS 9 on 1 January 2018

  

(105)

Profit attributable to ordinary shareholders and other equity owners

1,101 

1,195 

Equity preference dividends paid

  

(74)

(85)

Paid-in equity dividends paid, net of tax

  

(139)

(171)

Capital reduction (2)

30,331 

Realised gains in period on FVOCI equity shares

Remeasurement of retirement benefit schemes

  

  

  - gross

  

(26)

  - tax

  

(20)

Funding commitment to retirement benefit schemes (5) 

  

  

  - gross

  

(2,000)

  - tax

  

516 

Changes in fair value of credit in financial liabilities designated at fair value through profit

  

  

  - gross

  

95 

(77)

  - tax

  

(16)

12 

Shares issued under employee share schemes

(2)

(5)

Share-based payments

  

  

  

  - gross

  

18 

(34)

  

  

  

  

At end of period

  

16,527 

18,184 

  

  

  

  

For notes to this table, refer to the following page.

  

  

         

22

 


 

 

 

Condensed consolidated statement of changes in equity for the period ended 30 June 2018  (unaudited) 

 

  

Half year ended

  

30 June

30 June

2018

2017

  

£m

£m

  

  

  

Own shares held - at beginning of period

(43)

(132)

Purchase of own shares

(63)

(69)

Shares issued under employee share schemes

82 

156 

  

  

  

At end of period

(24)

(45)

  

  

  

Owners’ equity at end of period

47,757 

49,205 

  

  

  

Non-controlling interests - at beginning of period

763 

795 

Currency translation adjustments and other movements

(12)

20 

(Loss)/profit attributable to non-controlling interests

(16)

29 

Movements in Fair value through other comprehensive income - unrealised losses

(1)

  

  

  

At end of period

734 

844 

  

  

  

Total equity at end of period

48,491 

50,049 

  

  

  

Total equity is attributable to:

  

  

Non-controlling interests

734 

844 

Preference shareholders

2,565 

2,565 

Paid-in equity holders

4,058 

4,491 

Ordinary shareholders

41,134 

42,149 

  

  

  

  

48,491 

50,049 

 

Notes:

(1)

Paid in equity reclassified to liabilities as a result of the call of RBS capital Trust D in March 2017, redeemed in June 2017.

(2)

On 15 June 2017, the Court of Session approved a reduction of RBSG plc capital so that the amounts which stood to the credit of share premium account and capital redemption reserve were transferred to retained earnings.

(3)

Refer to Note 2 for further information on the impact of IFRS 9 on classification and basis of preparation, half year ended 30 June 2018 prepared under IFRS 9 and half year ended 30 June 2017 under IAS 39.

(4)

No tax impact.

(5)

On 17 April 2018 RBS agreed a Memorandum of Understanding (MoU) with the Trustees of the RBS Group Pension Fund in connection with the requirements of ring-fencing.  NatWest Markets Plc cannot continue to be a participant in the Main section and separate arrangements are required for its employees.  Under the MoU NatWest Bank will make a contribution of £2 billion to strengthen funding of the Main section in recognition of the changes in covenant. The contribution will be made later in 2018.

 

 

Condensed consolidated cash flow statement for the period ended 30 June 2018  (unaudited) 

 

  

Half year ended

  

30 June

30 June

  

2018 

2017 

  

£m

£m

  

  

  

Operating activities

  

  

Operating profit before tax

1,826 

1,951 

Adjustments for non-cash items

(1,280)

(2,181)

  

  

  

Net cash inflow/(outflow) from trading activities

546 

(230)

Changes in operating assets and liabilities

9,408 

30,797 

  

  

  

Net cash flows from operating activities before tax

9,954 

30,567 

Income taxes paid

(156)

(248)

  

  

  

Net cash flows from operating activities

9,798 

30,319 

  

  

  

Net cash flows from investing activities

(3,769)

(6,319)

  

  

  

Net cash flows from financing activities

(2,307)

(4,814)

  

  

  

Effects of exchange rate changes on cash and cash equivalents

38 

(64)

  

  

  

Net increase in cash and cash equivalents

3,760 

19,122 

Cash and cash equivalents at beginning of year

122,605 

98,570 

  

  

  

Cash and cash equivalents at end of year

126,365 

117,692 

  

  

  

23

 


 

 

Notes

 

1. Basis of preparation

The Group condensed consolidated financial statements have been prepared in accordance with the Disclosure and Transparency Rules of the Financial Conduct Authority and IAS 34 ‘Interim Financial Reporting’. They should be read in conjunction with RBS’s 2017 Annual Report on Form 20-F which were prepared in accordance with International Financial Reporting Standards issued by the International Accounting Standards Board (IASB) and interpretations issued by the IFRS Interpretations Committee of the IASB as adopted by the European Union (EU) (together IFRS).

 

Going concern

The Group’s business activities and financial position, and the factors likely to affect its future development and performance are discussed on pages 3 to 54. The risk factors which could materially affect the Group’s future results are described on pages 55 to 56.

 

Having reviewed the Group’s forecasts, projections and other relevant evidence, the directors have a reasonable expectation that the Group will continue in operational existence for the foreseeable future. Accordingly, the results for the half year ended 30 June 2018 have been prepared on a going concern basis.

 

2. Accounting policies

In July 2014, the IASB published IFRS 9 ‘Financial instruments’ with an effective date of 1 January 2018. For further details see pages 252 and 253 of the Group’s 2017 Annual Report on Form 20-F and Appendix 2, which is consistent with the RBS Group February 2018 IFRS 9 Transition report. There has been no restatement of accounts prior to 2018. The impact on the Group’s balance sheet at 1 January 2018 is as follows:

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

Impact of IFRS 9

  

  

  

  

Expected

  

  

  

31 December

Classification &

 credit 

  

1 January

  

2017 

measurement

 losses 

Tax

2018 

  

£m

£m

£m

£m

£m

Cash and balances at central banks

98,337 

(1)

98,336 

Net loans and advances to banks

30,251 

(3)

30,248 

Net loans and advances to customers

349,919 

517 

(524)

349,912 

Debt securities and equity shares

79,383 

44 

(3)

79,424 

Other assets

19,323 

25 

19,348 

  

  

  

  

  

  

Total assets

738,056 

561 

(531)

25 

738,111 

  

  

  

  

  

  

Total liabilities

688,963 

85 

41 

689,089 

Total equity

49,093 

561 

(616)

(16)

49,022 

Total liabilities and equity

738,056 

561 

(531)

25 

738,111 

 

  

Total

Key differences in moving from IAS 39 to IFRS 9 on impairment loss

£m

31 December 2017 - IAS 39  impairment provision (1) 

3,832 

Removal of IAS 39 latent provision

(390)

IFRS 9 12 month expected credit loss (ECL) on Stage 1 and 2

513 

Increase in Stage 2 ECL to lifetime (discounted)

356 

Stage 3 loss estimation (EAD, LGD)

73 

Impact of multiple economic scenarios

64 

1 January 2018 - IFRS 9 ECL

4,448 

  

  

Note:

(1) IAS 39 provision includes £28 million relating to AFS and LAR debt securities and £3,814 million relating to loans less £10 million on loans that are now carried at fair value.

     

 

The Group’s principal accounting policies are as set out on pages 242 to 254 of the Group’s 2017 Annual Report on Form 20-F. From 1 January 2018 the accounting policies have been updated to reflect the adoption of IFRS 9 as mentioned above. Other than in relation to IFRS 9 other amendments to IFRS effective for 2018, including IFRS 15 ‘Revenue from contracts with customers’, IFRS 2 ‘Share-based payments’ and IAS 40 ‘Investment Property’ have not had a material effect on the Group’s 2018 Interim results.

24

 


 

 

Notes

 

2. Accounting policies continued

Critical accounting policies and key sources of estimation uncertainty

The judgements and assumptions that are considered to be the most important to the portrayal of the Group’s financial condition are those relating to goodwill, provisions for liabilities, deferred tax, loan impairment provisions and fair value of financial instruments. These critical accounting policies and judgements are described on pages 250 to 252 of the Group’s 2017 Annual Report on Form 20-F. From 1 January 2018, the previous critical accounting policy relating to loan impairment provisions has been superceded on the adoption of IFRS 9 for which details are included in Appendix 2, which is consistent with the details included in the RBS Group February 2018 IFRS 9 Transition report.

 

3. Analysis of income, expenses and impairment losses

  

  

  

  

Half year ended

  

30 June

30 June

  

2018

2017

  

£m

£m

  

  

  

Loans and advances to customers

4,978 

5,152 

Loans and advances to banks

236 

120 

Debt securities

230 

190 

  

  

  

Interest receivable

5,444 

5,462 

  

  

  

Customer accounts

415 

328 

Balances by banks

113 

70 

Debt securities in issue

337 

254 

Subordinated liabilities

226 

317 

Internal funding of trading businesses

27 

21 

  

  

  

Interest payable

1,118 

990 

  

  

  

Net interest income

4,326 

4,472 

  

  

  

Net fees and commissions

1,195 

1,218 

  

  

  

Foreign exchange

336 

228 

Interest rate

275 

652 

Credit

187 

58 

Own credit adjustments

39 

(73)

Other

10 

19 

  

  

  

Income from trading activities

847 

884 

  

  

  

Loss on redemption of own debt

(7)

  

  

  

Operating lease and other rental income

128 

142 

Changes in the fair value of financial assets and liabilities designated as at fair

  

  

  value through profit or loss and related derivatives

(76)

41 

Changes in fair value of investment properties

(7)

(10)

Profit on sale of securities

33 

Profit on sale of property plant equipment

21 

(Loss)/profit on sale of subsidiaries and associates

(9)

206 

Profit/(loss) on disposal or settlement of loans and advances

22 

(150)

Share of profits of associated undertakings

17 

60 

Other income

237 

27 

  

  

  

Other operating income

334 

352 

  

  

  

Total non-interest income

2,376 

2,447 

  

  

  

Total income

6,702 

6,919 

25

 


 

 

 

Notes

 

3. Analysis of income, expenses and impairment losses

 

  

Half year ended

  

30 June

30 June

2018

2017 

  

£m

£m

  

  

  

Staff costs

(2,086)

(2,447)

Premises and equipment

(644)

(678)

Other (1) 

(1,636)

(1,208)

  

  

  

Administrative expenses

(4,366)

(4,333)

Depreciation and amortisation

(338)

(511)

Write down of other intangible assets

(31)

(8)

  

  

  

Operating expenses

(4,735)

(4,852)

  

  

  

  

  

  

Impairment losses

(141)

(116)

Impairments as a % of gross loans and advances to customers

0.09%

0.07%

 

Note:

(1)

Includes costs relating to customer redress, DoJ and litigation and other regulatory (including RMBS) – refer to Note 4 for further details.

 

 

4. Provisions for liabilities and charges

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

Litigation

  

  

  

Payment

Other

  

and other

  

  

  

protection

 customer 

  

regulatory

  

  

  

insurance  

 redress 

DoJ (1)

(incl. RMBS)

Other

Total

  

£m

£m

£m

£m

£m

£m

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

At 1 January 2018

1,053 

870 

3,243 

641 

1,950 

7,757 

Implementation of IFRS 9 on 1 January 2018 (2) 

85 

85 

Currency translation and other movements

(5)

(119)

(4)

(1)

(129)

Charge to income statement

19 

111 

133 

Releases to income statement

(10)

(1)

(5)

(15)

(31)

Provisions utilised

(152)

(115)

(90)

(52)

(100)

(509)

At 31 March 2018

901 

759 

3,033 

583 

2,030 

7,306 

RMBS transfers (1) 

(567)

567 

Currency translation and other movements

209 

32 

(24)

217 

Charge to income statement

46 

1,040 

23 

93 

1,202 

Releases to income statement

(51)

(305)

(119)

(475)

Provisions utilised

(156)

(104)

(189)

(806)

(1,255)

At 30 June 2018

745 

650 

3,715 

711 

1,174 

6,995 

 

 

Notes:

(1)

RMBS provision has been redesignated ‘DoJ’ and the remaining RMBS litigation matters transferred to Litigation and other regulatory as of 1 April 2018 to reflect progress on resolution.

(2)

Refer to Note 2 for further details on the impact of IFRS 9 on classification and basis of preparation.

 

26

 


 

 

Notes

 

4. Provisions for liabilities and charges (continued) 

  

Payment Protection Insurance (PPI)

The cumulative charge in respect of PPI is £5.1 billion, of which £4.0 billion (78%) in redress and £0.4 billion in administrative expenses had been utilised by 30 June 2018. Of the £5.1 billion cumulative charge, £4.6 billion relates to redress and £0.5 billion to administrative expenses.

 

The principal assumptions underlying RBS’s provision in respect of PPI sales are: assessment of the total number of complaints that RBS will receive before 29 August 2019; the proportion of these that will result in redress; and the average cost of such redress. The number of complaints has been estimated from an analysis of RBS’s portfolio of PPI policies sold by vintage and by product. Estimates of the percentage of policyholders that will lodge complaints (the take up rate) and of the number of these that will be upheld (the uphold rate) have been established based on recent experience, guidance in FCA policy statements and the expected rate of responses from proactive customer contact. The average redress assumption is based on recent experience and FCA calculation rules. The table below shows the sensitivity of the provision to changes in the principal assumptions (all other assumptions remaining the same).

 

 

 

 

Sensitivity

 

Actual to date 

 

Future expected 

Change in 

assumption 

Consequential 

change in 

provision 

Assumption

£m 

 

 

 

 

 

Customer initiated complaints (1) 

2,578k

371k

+/-5

+/-26

Uphold rate (2) 

90%

89%

+/-1

+/-6

Average redress (3) 

£1,673

£1,559

+/-5

+/-26

Processing cost per claim (4) 

£156

£113

+/-20k claims

+/-2

 

Notes:

(1)

Claims received directly by RBS to date, including those received via CMCs and Plevin (commission) only. Excluding those for proactive mailings and where no PPI policy exists.

(2)

Average uphold rate per customer initiated claims received directly by RBS to end of timebar for both PPI (mis-sale) and Plevin (commission), excluding those for which no PPI policy exists.

(3)

Average redress for PPI (mis-sale) and Plevin (commission) pay-outs.

(4)

Processing costs per claim on a valid complaints basis, includes direct staff costs and associated overhead - excluding FOS fees.

 

Interest that will be payable on successful complaints has been included in the provision as has the estimated cost to RBS of administering the redress process. There are uncertainties as to the eventual cost of redress which will depend on actual complaint volumes, take up and uphold rates and average redress costs. Assumptions related to these are inherently uncertain and the ultimate financial impact may be different from the amount provided. We continue to monitor the position closely and refresh the underlying assumptions. Background information in relation to PPI claims is given in Note 11.

 

Department of Justice

In May 2018, RBSG reached a civil settlement in principle to resolve the DoJ’s RMBS investigation. Under the terms of the proposed settlement, RBSG agreed, in principle, to pay a civil monetary cash penalty of US$4,901 million (£3,715 million). Of this amount, US$3,461 million (£2,675 million) is covered by existing provisions. An additional charge of US$1,440 million (£1,040 million) was taken in May 2018.

 

Litigation and other regulatory (incl. RMBS)

RBS is party to certain legal proceedings and regulatory investigations and continues to co-operate with a number of regulators. All such matters are periodically reassessed with the assistance of external professional advisers, where appropriate, to determine the likelihood of RBS incurring a liability and to evaluate the extent to which a reliable estimate of any liability can be made.

 

In the US, RBS companies are subject to civil litigation and investigations relating to their issuance and underwriting of US RMBS. Detailed descriptions of such matters are given in Note 11.

 

27

 


 

 

Notes

 

4. Provisions for liabilities and charges (continued) 

 

In March 2018, the New York Attorney General announced that it had resolved its RMBS investigation. RBS Financial Products Inc. paid US$100 million (£73 million) to the State of New York, and provided US$400 million of consumer relief credits at a cost of approximately US$130 million (£94 million). In July 2018, the Illinois Attorney General announced that it too had resolved its RMBS investigation. RBS Financial Products Inc. paid US$20 million (£15 million) to the State of Illinois to settle this matter.

 

RBS has released a provision of US$318 million (£241 million) which had been established to cover a judgment in favour of the US Federal Housing Finance Agency (FHFA) as conservator for the Federal National Mortgage Association (Fannie Mae) and the Federal Home Loan Mortgage Corporation (Freddie Mac) in civil RMBS litigation against NatWest Markets Securities Inc. and Nomura Holding America Inc. and subsidiaries. In July 2018, Nomura paid the full amount due under the judgment, thereby extinguishing NatWest Markets Securities Inc.'s liability in this case

 

Other

RBS recognised a £800 million provision as a consequence of the announcement in 2017 that HM Treasury is seeking a revised package of remedies that would conclude its remaining State Aid commitments. In the last quarter, costs totalling £722 million have been utilised against this provision.

 

5. Tax

The actual tax charge differs from the expected tax charge computed by applying the standard UK corporation tax rate of 19% (2017 - 19.25%), as analysed below.

 

  

Half year ended

  

30 June

30 June

2018

2017

  

£m

£m

  

  

  

Profit before tax

1,826 

1,951 

  

  

  

Expected tax charge

(347)

(376)

Losses and temporary differences in period where no

  

  

  deferred tax asset recognised

(8)

(156)

Foreign profits taxed at other rates

72 

Items not allowed for tax

  

  

  - losses on disposals and write-downs

(26)

(59)

  - UK bank levy

(16)

(20)

  - regulatory and legal actions

(154)

(21)

  - other disallowable items

(34)

(34)

Non-taxable items

62 

Taxable foreign exchange movements

(5)

Losses brought forward and utilised

18 

Reduction in carrying value of deferred tax in respect of UK losses

(15)

Banking surcharge

(188)

(199)

Adjustments in respect of prior periods

25 

(8)

  

  

  

Actual tax charge

(741)

(727)

 

At 30 June 2018, the Group has recognised a deferred tax asset of £1,815 million (31 December 2017 - £1,740 million) and a deferred tax liability of £501 million (31 December 2017 - £583 million). These include amounts recognised in respect of UK trading losses of £665 million (31 December 2017 - £680 million). Under UK tax legislation, these UK losses can be carried forward indefinitely. The Finance Act 2016 limited the offset of the UK banking losses carried forward to 25% of taxable profits. The Group has considered the carrying value of this asset as at 30 June 2018 and concluded that it is recoverable based on future profit projections.

28

 


 

 

Notes

 

6. Profit attributable to non-controlling interests

  

  

  

  

Half year ended

  

30 June

30 June

2018

2017

  

£m

£m

  

  

  

RFS Holdings BV Consortium Members

(17)

27 

Other

  

  

  

(Loss)/profit attributable to non-controlling interests

(16)

29 

 

7. Financial instruments: classification

 

The following tables analyse financial assets and liabilities in accordance with the categories of financial instruments in IFRS 9/IAS 39. Assets and liabilities outside the scope of IFRS 9 are shown within other assets and liabilities.

 

  

  

  

  

  

Amortised

Other

  

  

MFVPL (1,2) 

FVOCI (3)

cost

assets

Total 

Assets

  

  

£m 

£m 

£m 

£m 

£m 

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

Cash and balances at central banks

  

  

102,590 

  

102,590 

Loans and advances to banks

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  - reverse repos

  

  

9,192 

547 

  

9,739 

  - other

  

  

8,003 

10,097 

  

18,100 

Loans and advances to customers

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  - reverse repos

  

  

29,167 

10 

  

29,177 

  - other

  

  

15,825 

304,136 

  

319,961 

Debt securities

  

  

38,339 

45,582 

8,348 

  

92,269 

Equity shares

  

  

94 

487 

  

581 

Settlement balances

  

  

8,325 

  

8,325 

Derivatives

  

  

151,136 

  

  

  

151,136 

Other assets

  

  

16,458 

16,458 

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

30 June 2018

  

  

251,756 

46,069 

434,053 

16,458 

748,336 

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

Held-for-

  

  

Loans and

Held-to-

Other

  

  

trading (1)

DFV (4)

AFS (5) 

receivables

maturity

assets

Total 

  

£m

£m 

£m

£m

£m

£m 

£m 

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

Cash and balances at central banks

98,337 

  

98,337 

Loans and advances to banks

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  - reverse repos

11,845 

2,152 

  

13,997 

  - other

6,889 

9,365 

  

16,254 

Loans and advances to customers

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  - reverse repos

24,427 

2,308 

  

26,735 

  - other

15,320 

56 

307,808 

  

323,184 

Debt securities

27,481 

43,681 

3,643 

4,128 

  

78,933 

Equity shares

29 

134 

287 

  

450 

Settlement balances

  

2,517 

  

  

2,517 

Derivatives

160,843 

  

  

  

  

  

160,843 

Other assets

16,806 

16,806 

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

31 December 2017

246,834 

190 

43,968 

426,130 

4,128 

16,806 

738,056 

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

 

For the notes to this table refer to the following page.

29

 


 

 

Notes

 

7. Financial instruments: classification (continued) 

 

  

Held-for-

  

Amortised

Other

  

trading (1) 

DFV (4)

cost

liabilities

Total 

Liabilities

£m 

£m 

£m 

£m 

£m 

  

  

  

  

  

  

Deposits by banks

  

  

  

  

  

  - repos

6,255 

2,396 

  

8,651 

  - other

12,731 

27,328 

  

40,059 

Customer accounts

  

  

  

  

  

  - repos

31,114 

4,345 

  

35,459 

  - other

11,266 

435 

354,640 

  

366,341 

Debt securities in issue

1,017 

2,791 

32,915 

  

36,723 

Settlement balances

7,799 

  

7,799 

Short positions

35,041 

  

  

35,041 

Derivatives

143,689 

  

  

  

143,689 

Subordinated liabilities

880 

9,722 

  

10,602 

Other liabilities

2,160 

13,321 

15,481 

  

  

  

  

  

  

30 June 2018

241,113 

4,106 

441,305 

13,321 

699,845 

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

Held-for-

  

Amortised

Other

  

  

trading (1)

DFV (4)

cost

liabilities

Total 

  

£m 

£m 

£m 

£m 

£m 

  

  

  

  

  

  

Deposits by banks

  

  

  

  

  

  - repos

4,030 

3,389 

  

7,419 

  - other

12,472 

27,007 

  

39,479 

Customer accounts

  

  

  

  

  

  - repos

24,333 

6,669 

  

31,002 

  - other

11,513 

874 

354,647 

  

367,034 

Debt securities in issue

1,107 

3,403 

26,049 

  

30,559 

Settlement balances

2,844 

  

2,844 

Short positions

28,527 

  

28,527 

Derivatives

154,506 

  

  

  

154,506 

Subordinated liabilities

939 

11,783 

  

12,722 

Other liabilities

2,181 

12,690 

14,871 

  

  

  

  

  

  

31 December 2017

236,488 

5,216 

434,569 

12,690 

688,963 

 

Notes:

(1)

Includes derivative assets held for hedging purposes of £2,502 million (31 December 2017 - £2,967 million) and derivative liabilities held for hedging purposes of £3,116 million (31 December 2017 - £3,571 million).

(2)

Mandatory fair value through profit or loss.

(3)

Fair value through other comprehensive income.

(4)

Designated as at fair value through profit or loss.

(5)

Available-for-sale.

 

With the exception of change to IFRS 9 from IAS 39 on 1 January 2018, there were no other reclassifications in either the half year ended 30 June 2018 or the year ended 31 December 2017.

30

 


 

 

 

Notes

 

7. Financial instruments: carried at fair value - valuation hierarchy

Disclosures relating to the control environment, valuation techniques and related aspects pertaining to financial instruments measured at fair value are included in the 2017 Annual Report on Form 20-F. Valuation, sensitivity methodologies and inputs at 30 June 2018 are consistent with those described in Note 9 to the 2017 Annual Report on Form 20-F.

 

The tables below show financial instruments carried at fair value on the balance sheet by valuation hierarchy - level 1, level 2 and level 3 and valuation sensitivities for level 3 balances.

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

Level 3 sensitivity

  

Level 1 

Level 2 

Level 3 

Total 

  

Favourable 

Unfavourable 

30 June 2018

£bn 

£bn 

£bn 

£bn 

  

£m 

£m 

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

Assets

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

Loans and advances

62.0 

0.2 

62.2 

  

20 

(10)

Debt securities

72.0 

11.0 

0.9 

83.9 

  

10 

(10)

  - of which FVOCI

42.2 

3.3 

0.1 

45.6 

  

Equity shares

0.2 

0.4 

0.6 

  

40 

(30)

  - of which FVOCI

0.2 

0.3 

0.5 

  

40 

(30)

Derivatives

149.5 

1.6 

151.1 

  

130 

(110)

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

72.2 

222.5 

3.1 

297.8 

  

200 

(160)

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

Proportion

24.2%

74.8%

1.0%

100%

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

 

31 December 2017

  

 

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

 

Assets

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

 

Loans and advances

58.3 

0.2 

58.5 

  

 

Debt securities

56.8 

13.2 

1.2 

71.2 

  

30 

(10)

 

  - of which AFS

37.2 

6.2 

0.3 

43.7 

  

 

Equity shares

0.3 

0.2 

0.5 

  

20 

(30)

 

  - of which AFS

0.1 

0.2 

0.3 

  

20 

(20)

 

Derivatives

159.1 

1.7 

160.8 

  

160 

(170)

 

  

56.8 

230.9 

3.3 

291.0 

  

210 

(210)

 

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

 

Proportion

19.6%

79.3%

1.1%

100%

  

  

  

 

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

 

30 June 2018

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

 

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

 

Liabilities

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

 

Deposits

61.5 

0.3 

61.8 

  

30 

(30)

 

Debt securities in issue

3.5 

0.3 

3.8 

  

 

Short positions

29.6 

5.4 

35.0 

  

 

Derivatives

142.3 

1.4 

143.7 

  

90 

(90)

 

Subordinated liabilities

0.9 

0.9 

  

 

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

 

  

29.6 

213.6 

2.0 

245.2 

  

120 

(120)

 

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

 

Proportion

12.1%

87.1%

0.8%

100%

  

  

  

 

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

 

31 December 2017

  

 

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

 

Liabilities

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

 

Deposits

53.0 

0.2 

53.2 

  

20 

(20)

 

Debt securities in issue

4.2 

0.3 

4.5 

  

10 

(10)

 

Short positions

23.7 

4.8 

28.5 

  

 

Derivatives

152.9 

1.7 

154.6 

  

140 

(140)

 

Subordinated liabilities

0.9 

0.9 

  

 

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

 

  

23.7 

215.8 

2.2 

241.7 

  

170 

(170)

 

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

 

Proportion

9.8%

89.3%

0.9%

100%

  

  

  

 

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

 

For the notes to this table refer to the following page.

  

  

  

  

  

  

 

                                           

31

 


 

 

 

Notes

 

7. Financial instruments: carried at fair value - valuation hierarchy (continued) 

Notes:

(1)

Level 1: valued using unadjusted quoted prices in active markets, for identical financial instruments. Examples include G10 government securities, listed equity shares, certain exchange-traded derivatives and certain US agency securities.

 

Level 2: valued using techniques based significantly on observable market data. Instruments in this category are valued using:

(a) quoted prices for similar instruments or identical instruments in markets which are not considered to be active; or

(b) valuation techniques where all the inputs that have a significant effect on the valuations are directly or indirectly based on observable market data.

Level 2 instruments included non-G10 government securities, most government agency securities, investment-grade corporate bonds, certain mortgage products, most bank loans, repos and reverse repos, less liquid listed equities, state and municipal obligations, most notes issued, and certain money market securities and loan commitments and most OTC derivatives.

 

Level 3: instruments in this category have been valued using a valuation technique where at least one input which could have a significant effect on the instrument’s valuation, is not based on observable market data. Level 3  instruments primarily include cash instruments which trade infrequently, certain syndicated mortgage loans, unlisted equity shares, certain residual interests in securitisations, asset-backed products and less liquid debt securities, certain structured debt securities in issue, and OTC derivatives where valuation depends upon unobservable inputs such as certain credit and exotic derivatives. No gain or loss is recognised on the initial recognition of a financial instrument valued using a technique incorporating significant unobservable data.

(2)

Transfers between levels are deemed to have occurred at the beginning of the quarter in which the instruments were transferred. There were no significant transfers between level 1 and level 2.

(3)

For an analysis of derivatives refer to Appendix 1 - Capital and risk management - Credit risk.

(4)

See Note 2 for further information on the impact of IFRS 9 on classification and basis of preparation, half year ended 30 June 2018 prepared under IFRS 9 and year ended 31 December 2017 under IAS 39.

 

Movement in level 3 portfolios

 

  

Half year ended 2018

  

Half year ended 2017

  

MFVPL

FVOCI

Total

Total

  

FVTPL

AFS

Total

Total

  

assets (1)

assets

assets

liabilities

  

assets (1) 

assets

assets

liabilities

  

£m

£m

£m

£m

  

£m

£m

£m

£m

At 1 January

2,965 

257 

3,222 

2,187 

  

4,111 

426 

4,537 

2,997 

Amount recorded in the income statement (2) 

23 

20 

43 

(233)

  

(410)

(409)

(204)

Amount recorded in the statement of

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  comprehensive income

17 

17 

  

(15)

(15)

Level 3 transfers in

513 

84 

597 

198 

  

255 

266 

521 

292 

Level 3 transfers out

(181)

(1)

(182)

(107)

  

(404)

(404)

(418)

Issuances

24 

  

Purchases

596 

17 

613 

191 

  

810 

811 

269 

Settlements

(473)

(473)

(108)

  

(96)

(96)

(117)

Sales

(706)

(5)

(711)

(122)

  

(876)

(156)

(1,032)

(323)

Foreign exchange and other adjustments

  

(17)

(1)

(18)

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

At 30 June

2,738 

391 

3,129 

2,030 

  

3,373 

522 

3,895 

2,505 

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

Amounts recorded in the income statement in

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  respect of balances held at year end

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  - unrealised

(10)

18 

(222)

  

(96)

(96)

629 

  - realised

  

148 

148 

(262)

 

Notes:

(1)

Mandatory fair value through profit or loss comprises held-for-trading predominantly.

(2)

Net gains on HFT instruments of £240 million (H1 2017 - £197 million losses) were recorded in income from trading activities in continuing operations. Net gains on other instruments of £36 million (H1 2017 - £8 million losses) were recorded in other operating income and interest income as appropriate in continuing operations.

 

 

 

32

 


 

 

Notes

 

7. Financial instruments: fair value of financial instruments not carried at fair value

The following table shows the carrying value and fair value of financial instruments carried at amortised cost on the balance sheet.

 

  

30 June 2018

  

31 December 2017

  

Carrying value 

Fair value 

  

Carrying value

Fair value 

  

£bn 

£bn 

  

£bn 

£bn 

  

  

  

  

  

  

Financial assets

  

  

  

  

  

Loans and advances to banks

9.5 

9.5 

  

10.5 

10.5 

Loans and advances to customers

304.1 

299.4 

  

310.1 

306.8 

Debt securities

8.3 

8.5 

  

7.8 

7.9 

  

  

  

  

  

  

Financial liabilities

  

  

  

  

  

Deposits by banks

25.0 

25.1 

  

25.9 

26.0 

Customer accounts

52.1 

52.1 

  

39.8 

39.9 

Debt securities in issue

32.9 

33.8 

  

26.0 

27.3 

Subordinated liabilities

9.7 

10.4 

  

11.8 

12.6 

 

The fair value is the price that would be received to sell an asset or paid to transfer a liability in an orderly transaction between market participants at the measurement date. Quoted market values are used where available; otherwise, fair values have been estimated based on discounted expected future cash flows and other valuation techniques. These techniques involve uncertainties and require assumptions and judgments covering prepayments, credit risk and discount rates. Furthermore, there is a wide range of potential valuation techniques. Changes in these assumptions would affect estimated fair values. The fair values reported would not necessarily be realised in an immediate sale or settlement.

 

The table above excludes short-term financial instruments for which fair value approximates to carrying value: cash and balances at central banks, items in the course of collection from and transmission to other banks, settlement balances, demand deposits and notes in circulation.

 

8. Dividends

RBS has issued new ordinary shares to partially neutralise any impact on CET1 of coupon and dividend payments in respect of hybrid capital instruments. We have discussed this with the PRA and will stop the programme when we start paying ordinary dividends. Allotments in 2017 raised £300 million. In H1 2018 £85 million was raised and approximately £51 million has been raised since 30 June 2018.

 

9. Contingent liabilities and commitments

 

  

  

30 June

31 December

  

2018 

2017 

  

£m

£m

  

  

  

Guarantees and assets pledged as collateral security

6,262 

7,718 

Other contingent liabilities

3,278 

3,391 

Standby facilities, credit lines and other commitments

122,526 

124,941 

  

  

  

Contingent liabilities and commitments

132,066 

136,050 

 

Contingent liabilities arise in the normal course of RBS’s business; credit exposure is subject to the bank’s normal controls. The amounts shown do not, and are not intended to, provide any indication of RBS’s expectation of future losses.

33

 


 

 

Notes

 

10. Segmental analysis

The business is organised into the following franchises and reportable segments:

Personal & Business Banking (PBB), comprising two reportable segments, UK Personal & Business Banking (UK PBB) and Ulster Bank RoI;

Commercial & Private Banking (CPB), comprising two reportable segments: Commercial Banking and Private Banking;

RBS International (RBSI) which is a single reportable segment;

NatWest Markets (NWM), which is a single reportable segment; and

Central items & other which comprises corporate functions.

 

Analysis of operating profit/(loss)

The following tables provide a segmental analysis of operating profit/(loss) by main income statement captions.

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

Net

  

Other non-

  

  

Impairment

  

interest

Net fees and

interest

Total

Operating

(losses)/

Operating

income

commissions

income

income

expenses

releases

profit/(loss)

Half year ended 30 June 2018

£m

£m

£m

£m

£m

£m

£m

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

UK Personal & Business Banking

2,542 

546 

73 

3,161 

(1,582)

(147)

1,432 

Ulster Bank RoI

224 

43 

45 

312 

(252)

26 

86 

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

Personal & Business Banking

2,766 

589 

118 

3,473 

(1,834)

(121)

1,518 

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

Commercial Banking

997 

444 

339 

1,780 

(849)

(19)

912 

Private Banking

252 

116 

14 

382 

(225)

(1)

156 

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

Commercial & Private Banking

1,249 

560 

353 

2,162 

(1,074)

(20)

1,068 

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

RBS International

219 

52 

13 

284 

(114)

173 

NatWest Markets

67 

(7)

661 

721 

(671)

(4)

46 

Central items & other

25 

36 

62 

(1,042)

(979)

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

Total

4,326 

1,195 

1,181 

6,702 

(4,735)

(141)

1,826 

 

Half year ended 30 June 2017

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

UK Personal & Business Banking

2,564 

568 

40 

3,172 

(1,744)

(97)

1,331 

Ulster Bank RoI

206 

47 

40 

293 

(293)

11 

11 

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

Personal & Business Banking

2,770 

615 

80 

3,465 

(2,037)

(86)

1,342 

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

Commercial Banking

1,141 

516 

93 

1,750 

(996)

(94)

660 

Private Banking

226 

83 

12 

321 

(232)

(7)

82 

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

Commercial & Private Banking

1,367 

599 

105 

2,071 

(1,228)

(101)

742 

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

RBS International

161 

22 

12 

195 

(94)

(5)

96 

NatWest Markets

66 

(10)

774 

830 

(1,092)

77 

(185)

Central items & other

108 

(8)

258 

358 

(401)

(1)

(44)

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

Total

4,472 

1,218 

1,229 

6,919 

(4,852)

(116)

1,951 

 

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

Half year ended

  

30 June 2018

  

30 June 2017

  

  

Inter

  

  

  

Inter

  

  

External

segment

Total

  

External

segment

Total

Total revenue

£m

£m

£m

  

£m

£m

£m

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

UK Personal & Business Banking

3,577 

33 

3,610 

  

3,589 

17 

3,606 

Ulster Bank RoI

339 

339 

  

330 

(1)

329 

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

Personal & Business Banking

3,916 

33 

3,949 

  

3,919 

16 

3,935 

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

Commercial Banking

1,873 

39 

1,912 

  

1,808 

31 

1,839 

Private Banking

333 

88 

421 

  

273 

70 

343 

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

Commercial & Private Banking

2,206 

127 

2,333 

  

2,081 

101 

2,182 

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

RBS International

235 

79 

314 

  

156 

62 

218 

NatWest Markets

953 

259 

1,212 

  

1,051 

456 

1,507 

Central items & other

961 

(498)

463 

  

1,150 

(635)

515 

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

Total

8,271 

8,271 

  

8,357 

8,357 

34

 


 

 

 

Notes

 

10. Segmental analysis (continued) 

Analysis of net fees and commissions

 

  

UK

Ulster

Commercial

Private

RBS

NatWest

Central items

  

  

PBB

Bank RoI

Banking

Banking

International

Markets

& other

Total

Half year ended 30 June 2018

£m

£m

£m

£m

£m

£m

£m

£m

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

Fees and commissions receivable

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  - Payment services

223 

12 

145 

17 

11 

409 

  - Credit and debit card fees

257 

12 

51 

326 

  - Lending (credit facilities)

237 

15 

154 

17 

39 

463 

  - Brokerage

37 

22 

66 

  - Investment management

25 

95 

21 

143 

  - Trade finance

66 

73 

  - Underwriting fees

22 

93 

115 

  - Other

29 

66 

(56)

51 

Total

783 

46 

467 

131 

52 

223 

(56)

1,646 

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

Fees and commissions payable

(237)

(3)

(23)

(15)

(230)

57 

(451)

Net fees and commissions

546 

43 

444 

116 

52 

(7)

1,195 

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

Half year ended 30 June 2017

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

Fees and commissions receivable

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  - Payment services

208 

14 

152 

18 

13 

405 

  - Credit and debit card fees

263 

14 

48 

331 

  - Lending (credit facilities)

253 

15 

208 

46 

529 

  - Brokerage

47 

29 

88 

  - Investment management

40 

18 

57 

121 

  - Trade finance

81 

88 

  - Underwriting fees

67 

67 

  - Other

30 

10 

105 

(112)

37 

Total

815 

52 

537 

96 

26 

252 

(112)

1,666 

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

Fees and commissions payable

(247)

(5)

(21)

(13)

(4)

(262)

104 

(448)

Net fees and commissions

568 

47 

516 

83 

22 

(10)

(8)

1,218 

 

Total assets and liabilities

 

  

30 June 2018

  

31 December 2017

Assets

Liabilities

  

Assets

Liabilities

  

£m 

£m 

  

£m 

£m 

  

  

  

  

  

  

UK Personal & Business Banking

192,283 

184,624 

  

190,636 

183,410 

Ulster Bank RoI

24,892 

20,797 

  

24,564 

19,853 

  

  

  

  

  

  

Personal & Business Banking

217,175 

205,421 

  

215,200 

203,263 

  

  

  

  

  

  

Commercial Banking

141,849 

102,794 

  

149,545 

105,144 

Private Banking

20,876 

26,622 

  

20,290 

27,049 

  

  

  

  

  

  

Commercial & Private Banking

162,725 

129,416 

  

169,835 

132,193 

  

  

  

  

  

  

RBS International

29,827 

28,574 

  

25,867 

29,077 

NatWest Markets

284,976 

266,447 

  

277,886 

248,553 

Central items & other

53,633 

69,987 

  

49,268 

75,877 

  

  

  

  

  

  

Total

748,336 

699,845 

  

738,056 

688,963 

35

 


 

 

Notes

 

11. Litigation, investigations and reviews

The Royal Bank of Scotland Group plc (the ‘company’ or RBSG) and certain members of the Group are party to legal proceedings and the subject of investigation and other regulatory and governmental action (‘Matters’) in the United Kingdom (UK), the United States (US), the European Union (EU) and other jurisdictions.

 

RBS recognises a provision for a liability in relation to these Matters when it is probable that an outflow of economic benefits will be required to settle an obligation resulting from past events, and a reliable estimate can be made of the amount of the obligation.

 

While the outcome of these Matters is inherently uncertain, the directors believe that, based on the information available to them, appropriate provisions have been made in respect of the Matters as at 30 June 2018 (refer to Note 4).

 

In many proceedings and investigations, it is not possible to determine whether any loss is probable or to estimate reliably the amount of any loss, either as a direct consequence of the relevant proceedings and investigations or as a result of adverse impacts or restrictions on RBS’s reputation, businesses and operations. Numerous legal and factual issues may need to be resolved, including through potentially lengthy discovery and document production exercises and determination of important factual matters, and by addressing novel or unsettled legal questions relevant to the proceedings in question, before a liability can reasonably be estimated for any claim. RBS cannot predict if, how, or when such claims will be resolved or what the eventual settlement, damages, fine, penalty or other relief, if any, may be, particularly for claims that are at an early stage in their development or where claimants seek substantial or indeterminate damages.

 

In respect of certain Matters described below, RBS has established a provision and in certain of those Matters, it has indicated that it has established a provision. RBS generally does not disclose information about the establishment or existence of a provision for a particular Matter where disclosure of the information can be expected to prejudice seriously RBS’s position in the Matter.

 

There are situations where RBS may pursue an approach that in some instances leads to a settlement agreement. This may occur in order to avoid the expense, management distraction or reputational implications of continuing to contest liability, or in order to take account of the risks inherent in defending claims or investigations, even for those Matters for which RBS believes it has credible defences and should prevail on the merits. The uncertainties inherent in all such Matters affect the amount and timing of any potential outflows for both Matters with respect to which provisions have been established and other contingent liabilities.

 

The future outflow of resources in respect of any Matter may ultimately prove to be substantially greater than or less than the aggregate provision that RBS has recognised. Where (and as far as) liability cannot be reasonably estimated, no provision has been recognised.

 

Other than those discussed below, no member of the Group is or has been involved in governmental, legal or regulatory proceedings (including those which are pending or threatened) that are expected to be material, individually or in aggregate. RBS expects that in future periods additional provisions, settlement amounts and customer redress payments will be necessary, in amounts that are expected to be substantial in some instances.  

 

For a discussion of certain risks associated with the Group’s litigation, investigations and reviews, see the Risk Factor relating to legal, regulatory and governmental actions and investigations set out in RBS’s 2017 Annual Report on Form 20-F on page 349.

 

Litigation

UK 2008 rights issue shareholder litigation

Commencing from March 2013, claims were issued in the High Court of Justice of England and Wales by sets of current and former shareholders, against RBSG (and in one of those claims, also against certain former individual officers and directors) alleging that untrue and misleading statements and/or improper omissions, in breach of the Financial Services and Markets Act 2000, were made in connection with the rights issue announced by RBS on 22 April 2008.

 

RBS has concluded full and final settlements with the claimants, for a total of £900 million (fully provisioned), thereby ending the proceedings. A validation and payment process for claims is well progressed.

36

 


 

 

Notes

 

11. Litigation, investigations and reviews continued 

Residential mortgage-backed securities (RMBS) litigation in the US

RBS companies are defending a number of RMBS-related claims in the US. In general, plaintiffs in these actions claim that certain disclosures made in connection with the relevant offerings of RMBS contained materially false or misleading statements and/or omissions regarding the underwriting standards pursuant to which the mortgage loans underlying the securities were issued.

 

NatWest Markets Securities Inc. was a defendant in a lawsuit relating to RMBS issued by Nomura Holding America Inc. (Nomura) and subsidiaries, filed by the US Federal Housing Finance Agency (FHFA) as conservator for the Federal National Mortgage Association (Fannie Mae) and the Federal Home Loan Mortgage Corporation (Freddie Mac). In May 2015, the United States District Court for the Southern District of New York found Nomura and NatWest Markets Securities Inc. liable with respect to the sale of certain RMBS on the ground that the offering documents had contained materially misleading statements about the mortgage loans that backed the securitisations. This decision was affirmed by the United States Court of Appeals for the Second Circuit in September 2017, and on 25 June 2018, the United States Supreme Court rejected the defendants’ request for review of the judgment. In July 2018, Nomura paid the full amount due under the judgment, thereby extinguishing NatWest Markets Securities Inc.’s liability in the case.  As a result, the provision previously established to cover this liability has been released.

 

NatWest Markets Securities Inc. remains a defendant in a purported RMBS class action entitled New Jersey Carpenters Health Fund v. Novastar Mortgage Inc. et al., which remains pending in the United States District Court for the Southern District of New York. NatWest Markets Securities Inc. settled this matter for US$55.3 million, which has been paid into escrow pending court approval of the settlement. 

 

In addition to the above, the remaining RMBS lawsuits against RBS companies consist of cases filed by the Federal Home Loan Banks of Boston and Seattle and the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation that together involve the issuance of less than US$1 billion of RMBS issued primarily from 2005 to 2007.

 

London Interbank Offered Rate (LIBOR) and other rates litigation

NatWest Markets Plc and certain other members of the Group, including RBSG, have been named as defendants in a number of class actions and individual claims filed in the US with respect to the setting of LIBOR and certain other benchmark interest rates. The complaints are substantially similar and allege that certain members of the Group and other panel banks individually and collectively violated various federal laws, including the US commodities and antitrust laws, and state statutory and common law, as well as contracts, by manipulating LIBOR and prices of LIBOR-based derivatives in various markets through various means.

 

Several class actions relating to USD LIBOR, as well as more than two dozen non-class actions concerning USD LIBOR, were made part of a coordinated proceeding in the United States District Court for the Southern District of New York. In December 2016, the district court held that it lacks personal jurisdiction over NatWest Markets Plc with respect to certain claims. As a result of that decision, all Group companies have been dismissed from each of the USD LIBOR-related class actions (including class actions on behalf of over-the-counter plaintiffs, exchanged-based purchaser plaintiffs, bondholder plaintiffs, and lender plaintiffs), but six non-class cases in the coordinated proceeding remain pending against Group defendants. The dismissal of Group companies for lack of personal jurisdiction is the subject of a pending appeal to the United States Court of Appeals for the Second Circuit.

 

Among the non-class claims dismissed by the New York federal court in December 2016 were claims that the US Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation (FDIC) had asserted on behalf of certain failed US banks. On 10 July 2017, the FDIC, on behalf of 39 failed US banks, commenced substantially similar claims against RBS companies and others in the High Court of Justice of England and Wales. The action alleges that the defendants breached English and European competition law as well as asserting common law claims of fraud under US law. 

 

37

 


 

 

Notes

 

11. Litigation, investigations and reviews continued 

Certain members of the Group have also been named as defendants in two class actions relating to JPY LIBOR and Euroyen TIBOR, both pending before the same judge in the United States District Court for the Southern District of New York. In the first class action, which relates to Euroyen TIBOR futures contracts, the court dismissed the plaintiffs’ antitrust claims in March 2014, but declined to dismiss their contract claims under the Commodity Exchange Act for price manipulation, and the case is proceeding in the discovery phase. The second class action relates to other derivatives allegedly tied to JPY LIBOR and Euroyen TIBOR. The court dismissed that case on 10 March 2017 on the ground that the plaintiffs lack standing. Plaintiffs have commenced an appeal of that decision.

 

Certain members of the Group have also been named as defendants in class actions relating to (i) Euribor, (ii) Swiss Franc LIBOR (iii) Pound sterling LIBOR, (iv) the Singapore Interbank Offered Rate and Singapore Swap Offer Rate, and (v) the Australian Bank Bill Swap Reference Rate, all of which are pending before other judges in the United States District Court for the Southern District of New York. On 21 February 2017, the court in the action relating to Euribor dismissed all claims alleged against RBS companies for lack of personal jurisdiction. On 18 August 2017, the court in the action relating to the Singapore Interbank Offered Rate and Singapore Swap Offer Rate dismissed all claims against RBS companies for lack of personal jurisdiction; however, the court allowed the plaintiffs to replead their complaint, and defendants’ renewed motion to dismiss the amended complaint is pending.

 

On 25 September 2017, the court in the action relating to Swiss Franc LIBOR dismissed all claims against all defendants on various grounds; however, the court held that it has personal jurisdiction over NatWest Markets Plc and allowed the plaintiffs to replead their complaint, and defendants’ renewed motion to dismiss the amended complaint is pending. The other matters described in the preceding paragraph (relating to Pound Sterling LIBOR and the Australian Bank Bill Swap Reference Rate) are subject to motions to dismiss that are currently pending.

 

NatWest Markets Plc has also been named as a defendant in a motion to certify a class action relating to LIBOR in the Tel Aviv District Court in Israel.

 

Details of UK litigation claims in relation to the sale of interest rate hedging products (IRHPs) involving LIBOR-related allegations are set out under ‘Interest rate hedging products litigation’ on page 40. Details of LIBOR investigations involving RBS are set out under ‘Investigations and reviews’ on page 43.

 

ISDAFIX antitrust litigation

In 2015, NatWest Markets Plc reached an agreement to settle class action claims filed in the United States District Court for the Southern District of New York relating to alleged manipulation of USD ISDAFIX rates. Pursuant to the settlement, NatWest Markets Plc paid US$50 million into escrow pending final court approval of the settlement, which was granted on 1 June 2018. 

 

FX antitrust litigation

NatWest Markets Plc and certain other members of the Group, including RBSG, are defendants in several purported class action cases relating to NatWest Markets Plc’s foreign exchange (FX) business, each of which is pending before the same federal judge in the United States District Court for the Southern District of New York. In 2015, RBS companies settled the consolidated antitrust class action which asserted claims on behalf of persons who entered into (a) over-the-counter foreign exchange (FX) spot transactions, forwards, swaps, futures, options or other FX transactions the trading or settlement of which is related in any way to FX rates, or (b) exchange-traded FX instruments. Following the Court’s preliminary approval of the settlement in December 2015, NatWest Markets Plc paid the total settlement amount (US$255 million) into escrow pending final court approval of the settlement. A second FX-related class action on behalf of ‘consumers and end-user businesses,’ is proceeding in the discovery phase following the court’s denial of the defendants’ motions to dismiss in March 2018. 

 

A third FX-related class action, asserting Employee Retirement Income Security Act claims on behalf of employee benefit plans that engaged in FX transactions, including claims based on alleged non-collusive FX-related conduct, was dismissed in September 2016 on the ground that the plaintiffs failed to plead that the defendants had ERISA-based fiduciary duties to the plaintiffs. On 10 July 2018, the United States Court of Appeals for the Second Circuit affirmed the dismissal of this case.

  

38

 


 

 

Notes

 

11. Litigation, investigations and reviews continued 

A fourth FX-related class action asserts federal and state antitrust claims on behalf of ‘indirect purchasers’ of FX instruments, which plaintiffs define as persons who were indirectly affected by FX instruments that others entered into directly with defendant banks or on exchanges. On 15 March 2018, the court granted defendants’ motion to dismiss this case on a number of grounds, including failure to plead proximate cause and antitrust standing. Plaintiffs are seeking permission to file an amended complaint.

 

On 12 July 2017, Alpari (US) LLC (Alpari) filed a class action complaint against RBS companies alleging they breached contracts with Alpari and other counterparties by rejecting FX orders placed over electronic trading platforms through the application of a function referred to as ‘Last Look’, and that the rejected orders were later filled at prices less favourable to putative class members. The complaint contains claims for breach of contract and unjust enrichment. On 12 April 2018, the court granted a motion by RBS to compel arbitration of Alpari’s claims.

 

Certain other foreign exchange transaction related claims have been or may be threatened against RBS companies in the US and other jurisdictions. RBS cannot predict whether any of these claims will be pursued, but expects that several may.

 

US Treasury securities antitrust litigation

NatWest Markets Securities Inc. is a defendant in a consolidated antitrust class action pending in the United States District Court for the Southern District of New York on behalf of persons who transacted in US Treasury securities or derivatives based on such instruments, including futures and options. The plaintiffs allege that NatWest Markets Securities Inc. and the other defendants rigged the US Treasury securities auction bidding process to deflate prices at which they bought such securities and colluded to increase the prices at which they sold such securities to plaintiffs. The defendants’ motion to dismiss this matter remains pending.

 

Swaps antitrust litigation

NatWest Markets Plc and other members of the Group, including RBSG, as well as a number of other interest rate swap dealers, are defendants in several cases pending in the United States District Court for the Southern District of New York alleging violations of the US antitrust laws in the market for interest rate swaps. There is a consolidated class action complaint on behalf of persons who entered into interest rate swaps with the defendants, as well as non-class action claims by three swap execution facilities, TeraExchange, Javelin, and trueEx (which filed its claims on 14 June 2018). The swap exchange facilities allege that they would have successfully established exchange-like trading of interest rate swaps if the defendant dealers had not unlawfully conspired to prevent that from happening through boycotts and other means.

 

In July 2017, the Court overseeing these matters dismissed all claims relating to the 2008 - 2012 time period, but declined to dismiss certain antitrust and unjust enrichment claims covering the 2013 - 2016 time period. Discovery is ongoing.

 

In addition, on 8 June 2017, TeraExchange filed a complaint against RBS companies, including RBSG, as well as a number of other credit default swap dealers, in the United States District Court for the Southern District of New York, this time relating to credit default swaps instead of interest rate swaps. TeraExchange alleges it would have established exchange-like trading of credit default swaps if the defendant dealers had not engaged in an unlawful antitrust conspiracy. The defendants have filed a motion to dismiss the complaint in this matter.

 

Total Value Annuity litigation

On 22 May 2018, a class action complaint was filed in the United States District Court for Kansas against Security Benefit Life, Guggenheim Partners and NatWest Markets Plc. The complaint alleges that the defendants conspired to defraud purchasers of Security Benefit Life’s Total Value Annuity, an annuity product linked to the Annuity Linked TVI Index maintained by NatWest Markets Plc. 

 

Madoff

NatWest Markets N.V. (NWM N.V.) is a defendant in two actions filed by Irving Picard, as trustee for the bankruptcy estates of Bernard L. Madoff and Bernard L. Madoff Investment Securities LLC, in bankruptcy court in New York. In both cases, the trustee alleges that certain transfers received by NatWest Markets N.V. amounted to fraudulent conveyances that should be clawed back for the benefit of the Madoff estate.

39

 


 

 

Notes

 

11. Litigation, investigations and reviews continued 

In the primary action, filed in December 2010, the trustee seeks to recover US$75.8 million in redemptions that NatWest Markets N.V. allegedly received from certain Madoff feeder funds and US$162.1 million that NatWest Markets N.V. allegedly received from certain swap counterparties. In the second action, filed in October 2011, the trustee seeks to recover an additional US$21.8 million. In November 2016, the bankruptcy court dismissed the second case on international comity grounds, and that decision is currently on appeal to the United States Court of Appeals for the Second Circuit. The primary case remains pending before the bankruptcy court, where it will be subject to a further motion to dismiss. 

 

Thornburg adversary proceeding

NatWest Markets Securities Inc. and certain other RBS  companies, as well as several other financial institutions, are defendants in an adversary proceeding filed in the US bankruptcy court in Maryland by the trustee for TMST, Inc. (formerly known as Thornburg Mortgage, Inc.). The trustee seeks recovery of transfers made under certain restructuring agreements as, among other things, avoidable fraudulent and preferential conveyances and transfers. In September 2014, the Court largely denied the defendants' motion to dismiss this matter and, as a result, discovery is ongoing.

 

Interest rate hedging products and similar litigation

RBS is dealing with a large number of active litigation claims in the UK in relation to the alleged mis-selling of interest rate hedging products (IRHPs). In general claimants allege that the relevant IRHPs were mis-sold to them, with some also alleging that misrepresentations were made in relation to LIBOR. Claims have been brought by customers who were considered under the UK Financial Conduct Authority (FCA) redress programme for IRHPs, as well as customers who were outside of the scope of that programme, which was closed to new entrants on 31 March 2015. RBS remains exposed to potential claims from customers who were either ineligible to be considered for redress or who are dissatisfied with their redress offers.

 

Property Alliance Group (PAG) v NatWest Markets Plc was the leading case before the English High Court involving both IRHP mis-selling and LIBOR misconduct allegations. The amount claimed was £34.8 million and the trial ended in October 2016. In December 2016 the Court dismissed all of PAG’s claims. PAG appealed that decision, and the Court of Appeal’s judgment dismissing the appeal was handed down on 2 March 2018. The decision may impact other IRHP and LIBOR-related cases currently pending in the English courts, some of which involve substantial amounts. On 24 July 2018 the Supreme Court declined the request from PAG for permission to appeal an aspect of the judgment relating to implied representations of Sterling LIBOR rates.

 

The case of London Bridge Holdings Ltd and others v NatWest Markets Plc had been stayed pending the outcome of the application to appeal to the Supreme Court by PAG. The sum claimed in that case is £446.7 million.

 

Separately, NatWest Markets Plc is defending claims filed in France by five French local authorities relating to structured interest rate swaps. The plaintiffs allege, among other things, that the swaps are void for being illegal transactions, that they were mis-sold, and that information / advisory duties were breached. Four of the claims were dismissed but are the subject of pending appeals. The fifth claim remains to be heard before the lower courts.

 

Tax dispute

HMRC issued a tax assessment in 2012 against NatWest Markets Plc for approximately £86 million regarding a value-added-tax (‘VAT’) matter in relation to the trading of European Union Allowances (‘EUAs’) by an RBS joint venture subsidiary in 2009. RBS has commenced legal proceedings before the First-tier Tribunal (Tax), a specialist tax tribunal, challenging the assessment (the ‘Tax Dispute’). In the event that the assessment is upheld, interest and costs would be payable, and a penalty of up to 100 per cent of the VAT held to have been legitimately denied by HMRC could also be levied. Separately, RBS is a named defendant in proceedings before the High Court brought in 2015 by ten companies (all in liquidation) (the ‘Liquidated Companies’) and their respective liquidators (together, ‘the Claimants’). The Liquidated Companies previously traded in EUAs in 2009 and are alleged to be defaulting traders within (or otherwise connected to) the EUA supply chains forming the subject of the Tax Dispute. The Claimants claim approximately £80 million plus interest and costs and allege that NatWest Markets Plc dishonestly assisted the directors of the Liquidated Companies in the breach of their statutory duties and/or knowingly participated in the carrying on of the business of the Liquidated Companies with intent to defraud creditors. The trial in that matter concluded on 20 July 2018 and judgment is awaited.

40

 


 

 

Notes

 

11. Litigation, investigations and reviews continued 

US Anti-Terrorism Act litigation

NatWest Bank Plc is defending a lawsuit filed in the United States District Court for the Eastern District of New York by a number of US nationals (or their estates, survivors, or heirs) who were victims of terrorist attacks in Israel. The plaintiffs allege that NatWest Bank Plc is liable for damages arising from those attacks pursuant to the US Anti-Terrorism Act because NatWest Bank Plc previously maintained bank accounts and transferred funds for the Palestine Relief & Development Fund, an organisation which plaintiffs allege solicited funds for Hamas, the alleged perpetrator of the attacks.

 

In October 2017, the trial court dismissed claims against NatWest Bank Plc with respect to two of the 18 terrorist attacks at issue. On 14 March 2018, the trial court granted a request by NatWest Bank Plc for leave to file a renewed summary judgment motion in respect of the remaining claims, which has now been filed. No trial date has been set.

 

NatWest Markets N.V. and certain other financial institutions are defendants in an action pending in the United States District Court for the Eastern District of New York, filed in November 2014, by a number of US nationals (or their estates, survivors, or heirs), most of whom are or were US military personnel, who were killed or injured in more than 90 attacks in Iraq between 2004 and 2011.

 

The attacks were allegedly perpetrated by Hezbollah and certain Iraqi terror cells allegedly funded by the Islamic Republic of Iran. According to the plaintiffs’ allegations, NatWest Markets N.V. and the other defendants are liable for damages arising from the attacks because they allegedly conspired with Iran and certain Iranian banks to assist Iran in transferring money to Hezbollah and the Iraqi terror cells, in violation of the US Anti-Terrorism Act, by agreeing to engage in ‘stripping’ of transactions initiated by the Iranian banks so that the Iranian nexus to the transactions would not be detected. On 27 July 2018, a magistrate issued a report to the district court recommending that the district court deny the defendants’ pending motion to dismiss. NatWest Markets N.V. anticipates requesting that the district court grant the motion to dismiss notwithstanding the magistrate’s recommendation.   

 

 An additional set of plaintiffs filed a second, substantially similar action against NatWest Markets N.V. and other financial institutions in November 2016. That case was pending in the United States District Court for the Eastern District of New York until October 2017, when the plaintiffs, instead of responding to defendants’ motion to dismiss, voluntarily dismissed their claims without prejudice to re-filing at a later date.

 

In November 2017, a third set of plaintiffs filed an action against NatWest Markets N.V., NatWest Markets Plc, and others in the United States District Court for the Southern District of New York. The allegations are substantially similar to the allegations contained in the complaints described above and concern 55 attacks in Iraq between 2003 and 2011. The defendants have made a motion to dismiss this matter which is currently pending.

 

Securities underwriting litigation

NatWest Markets Securities Inc. is an underwriter defendant in several securities class actions in the US in which plaintiffs generally allege that an issuer of public debt or equity securities, as well as the underwriters of the securities (including NatWest Markets Securities Inc.), are liable to purchasers for misrepresentations and omissions made in connection with the offering of such securities.

 

Investigations and reviews

RBS’s businesses and financial condition can be affected by the actions of various governmental and regulatory authorities in the UK, the US, the EU and elsewhere. RBS has engaged, and will continue to engage, in discussions with relevant governmental and regulatory authorities, including in the UK, the US, the EU and elsewhere, on an ongoing and regular basis, and in response to informal and formal inquiries or investigations, regarding operational, systems and control evaluations and issues including those related to compliance with applicable laws and regulations, including consumer protection, business conduct, competition/anti-trust, anti-bribery, anti-money laundering and sanctions regimes.

 

The NatWest Markets business in particular has been providing information regarding a variety of matters, including, for example, the setting of benchmark rates and related derivatives trading, conduct in the foreign exchange market, and various issues relating to the issuance, underwriting, and sales and trading of fixed-income securities, including structured products and government securities.

 

41

 


 

 

Notes

 

11. Litigation, investigations and reviews continued 

Any matters discussed or identified during such discussions and inquiries may result in, among other things, further inquiry or investigation, other action being taken by governmental and regulatory authorities, increased costs being incurred by RBS, remediation of systems and controls, public or private censure, restriction of RBS’s business activities and/or fines. Any of the events or circumstances mentioned in this paragraph or below could have a material adverse effect on RBS, its business, authorisations and licences, reputation, results of operations or the price of securities issued by it.

 

RBS is co-operating fully with the investigations and reviews described below.

 

RMBS and other securitised products investigations

In the US, RBS companies are or have been involved in reviews, investigations and proceedings (both formal and informal) by federal and state governmental law enforcement and other agencies and self-regulatory organisations, including the US Department of Justice (DoJ) and certain state attorneys general, relating to, among other things, issuance, underwriting and trading in RMBS and other mortgage-backed securities and collateralised debt obligations (CDOs).

 

On 10 May 2018, RBSG reached a civil settlement in principle to resolve the DoJ’s RMBS investigation. Under the terms of the proposed settlement, RBSG agreed, in principle, to pay a civil monetary cash penalty of US$4.9 billion. Of this amount, US$3.46 billion is covered by existing provisions, with an additional provision of US$1.44 billion taken in H1 2018.

 

On 6 March 2018, the New York Attorney General announced that it had resolved its RMBS investigation. RBS Financial Products Inc. paid US$100 million to the State of New York, and provided US$400 million of consumer relief credits at a cost of approximately US$130 million. On 3 July 2018, the Illinois Attorney General announced that it too had resolved its RMBS investigation. RBS Financial Products Inc. paid US$20 million to the State of Illinois to settle this matter.

 

Certain other state attorneys general sought information regarding the same or similar issues, and RBS is aware that at least one such investigation is ongoing.

 

On 26 October 2017, the United States Attorney for the District of Connecticut (USAO) announced that it had entered into a Non-Prosecution Agreement (NPA) with NatWest Markets Securities Inc. in connection with alleged misrepresentations to counterparties relating to secondary trading in various forms of asset-backed securities. The NPA required NatWest Markets Securities Inc. to pay a penalty of US$35 million, reimburse customers at least US$9.1 million, and continue to co-operate with the investigation.

 

The USAO agreed in the NPA not to file criminal charges against NatWest Markets Securities Inc. relating to certain conduct and information described in the NPA if NatWest Markets Securities Inc. complies with the NPA during its one-year term. In March and December 2015, two former NatWest Markets Securities Inc. traders entered guilty pleas in the United States District Court for the District of Connecticut, each to one count of conspiracy to commit securities fraud while employed at NatWest Markets Securities Inc.

 

US mortgages - loan repurchase matters

RBS’s NatWest Markets business in North America was a purchaser of non-agency residential mortgages in the secondary market, and an issuer and underwriter of non-agency RMBS.

 

In issuing RMBS, NatWest Markets in some circumstances made representations and warranties regarding the characteristics of the underlying loans. As a result, NatWest Markets may be, or may have been, contractually required to repurchase such loans or indemnify certain parties against losses for certain breaches of such representations and warranties. Depending on the extent to which such loan repurchase related claims are pursued against and not rebutted by NatWest Markets on timeliness or other grounds, the aggregate potential impact on RBS, if any, may be material.  

 

42

 


 

 

Notes

 

11. Litigation, investigations and reviews continued 

LIBOR and other trading rates

From February 2013 to December 2016, RBS entered into settlements with various governmental authorities in relation to investigations into submissions, communications and procedures around the setting of LIBOR and other interest rates and interest rate trading, which, among other things, required RBS to pay significant penalties. As part of these resolutions, RBS made certain undertakings regarding benchmark interest rates, including the undertakings contained in its February 2013 resolution with the Commodity Futures Trading Commission (CFTC).

 

RBS continues to co-operate with investigations and requests for information by various other governmental and regulatory authorities, including in the UK, US and APAC.

 

On 3 February 2017, it was announced that RBS and the CFTC entered into a civil settlement resolving the CFTC’s investigation of ISDAFIX and related trading activities. As part of the settlement, RBS has paid a penalty of US$85 million and agreed to certain undertakings.

 

Foreign exchange related investigations

In 2014 and 2015, NatWest Markets Plc paid significant penalties to resolve investigations into its FX business by the FCA, the CFTC, the DoJ, and the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System (Federal Reserve). As part of its plea agreement with the DoJ, NatWest Markets Plc pled guilty to a one-count information charging an antitrust conspiracy occurring between as early as December 2007 to at least April 2010. NatWest Markets Plc admitted that it knowingly, through one of its euro/US dollar currency traders, joined and participated in a conspiracy to eliminate competition in the purchase and sale of the euro/US dollar currency pair exchanged in the FX spot market. On 5 January 2017, the United States District Court for the District of Connecticut imposed a sentence on NatWest Markets Plc consisting of a US$395 million fine and a three-year probation, which among other things, prohibits NatWest Markets Plc from committing another crime in violation of US law or engaging in the FX trading practices that form the basis for the charged crime and requires NatWest Markets Plc to implement a compliance program designed to prevent and detect the unlawful conduct at issue and to strengthen its compliance and internal controls as required by other regulators (including the FCA and the CFTC). A violation of the terms of probation could lead to the imposition of additional penalties.

 

As part of the settlement with the Federal Reserve, NatWest Markets Plc and NatWest Markets Securities Inc. entered into a cease and desist order (the FX Order). In the FX Order, which is publicly available and will remain in effect until terminated by the Federal Reserve, NatWest Markets Plc and NatWest Markets Securities Inc. agreed to take certain remedial actions with respect to FX activities and certain other designated market activities, including the creation of an enhanced written internal controls and compliance program, an improved compliance risk management program, and an enhanced internal audit program. NatWest Markets Plc and NatWest Markets Securities Inc. are obligated to implement and comply with these programs as approved by the Federal Reserve, and are also required to conduct, on an annual basis, a review of applicable compliance policies and procedures and a risk-focused sampling of key controls.

 

NatWest Markets Plc is co-operating with investigations and responding to inquiries from other governmental and regulatory (including competition) authorities on similar issues relating to failings in its FX business. The timing and amount of financial penalties with respect to any further settlements and related litigation risks and collateral consequences remain uncertain and may well be material.

 

FCA review of RBS’s treatment of SMEs

In November 2013, a report by Lawrence Tomlinson, entrepreneur in residence at the UK Government’s Department for Business Innovation and Skills, was published (‘Tomlinson Report’). The Tomlinson Report was critical of RBS’s treatment of SMEs.

 

The Tomlinson Report was passed to the PRA and FCA. Shortly thereafter, the FCA appointed an independent Skilled Person under section 166 of the Financial Services and Markets Act to review the allegations in the Tomlinson Report. The Skilled Person’s review was focused on RBS’s UK small and medium sized business customers with credit exposures of up to £20 million whose relationship was managed within RBS’s Global Restructuring Group (GRG).

 

43

 


 

 

Notes

 

11. Litigation, investigations and reviews continued 

The Skilled Person delivered its final report to the FCA during September 2016, and the FCA published  an update in November 2016. In response, RBS announced redress steps for SME customers in the UK and the Republic of Ireland that were in GRG between 2008 and 2013. These steps were (i) an automatic refund of certain complex fees; and (ii) a new complaints process, overseen by an Independent Third Party. They were developed with the involvement of the FCA, which agreed that they were appropriate steps for RBS to take. On 20 July 2018, RBS wrote to all eligible UK customers who had yet to submit a complaint to the GRG complaints process to provide three months’ notice that the complaints process will close to new complaints on 22 October 2018. The closure date for new complaints in the Republic of Ireland is still to be agreed.

 

RBS estimates the costs associated with the complaints review process and the automatic refund of complex fees to be approximately £400 million, which was recognised as a provision in 2016. This includes operational costs together with the cost of refunded complex fees and the additional estimated redress costs arising from the complaints process. Of the £400 million provision, £216 million had been utilised by 30 June 2018.

 

On 23 October 2017, the FCA published an interim report incorporating a summary of the Skilled Person’s report and confirmed that the FCA had decided to carry out a more focused investigation. The FCA published its final summary of the Skilled Person’s report on 28 November 2017. The UK House of Commons Treasury Select Committee, seeking to rely on Parliamentary powers, published the full version of the Skilled Person’s report on 20 February 2018. On 31 July 2018, the FCA confirmed that it had concluded its investigation and that it does not intend to take disciplinary or prohibitory action against any person in relation to these matters.

  

Judicial Review of Skilled Person’s role in IRHP review

RBS has been named as an interested party in a number of claims for judicial review of KPMG’s decisions as Skilled Person in RBS’s previously disclosed IRHP redress programme. This follows a similar claim from a customer of another UK bank, also against KPMG.

 

All of these claims were stayed pending the outcome of the other bank’s case. The trial in that case was heard in January 2016. The court decided in favour of KPMG, finding that (1) KPMG is not a body amenable to judicial review in respect of its role as Skilled Person in this matter; and (2) that there was no unfairness by the other bank in the procedure adopted. The claimant was granted permission to appeal that decision, and the appeal hearing took place in May 2018.

 

The majority of the claims that name RBS as an interested party have been discontinued but there are still several cases which remain stayed pending the outcome of the appeal in the other bank’s case. If the appeal court finds that a section 166-appointed Skilled Person is susceptible to judicial review, these remaining claims against RBS may then proceed to full hearing to assess the fairness of KPMG’s role in the redress programme in those particular cases. If deemed unfair, this could have a consequential impact on the reasonableness of the methodology applied to reviewed and settled IRHP files generally. As there remains some uncertainty, it is not practicable reliably to estimate the impact of this matter, if any, on RBS which may be material.

 

Investment advice review

In February 2013, the FSA announced the results of a mystery shopping review it undertook into the investment advice offered by banks and building societies to retail clients. As a result of that review, the FCA required RBS to carry out a past business review and customer contact exercise on a sample of historic customers that received investment advice on certain lump sum products, during the period from March 2012 until December 2012. The review was conducted under section 166 of the Financial Services and Markets Act, under which a Skilled Person was appointed to carry out the exercise. Redress was paid to certain customers in that sample group.

 

44

 


 

 

Notes

 

11. Litigation, investigations and reviews continued 

Following discussions with the FCA after issue of the draft section 166 report, RBS agreed with the FCA that it would carry out a wider review/remediation exercise relating to certain investment, insurance and pension sales from 1 January 2011 to 1 April 2015. That was due to finish at the end of Q1 2018 but the deadline was extended, with completion now anticipated by the end of Q3 2018. This is due to additional products being brought into scope. Phase 2 (covering sales in 2010) started in April 2018 and is targeted for completion by the end of Q4 2018. 

 

In addition, RBS agreed with the FCA that it would carry out a remediation exercise, for a specific customer segment who were sold a particular structured product, in response to concerns raised by the FCA with regard to (a) the target market for the product and (b) how the product may have been described to certain customers. Redress was paid to certain customers who took out the structured product.

 

RBS provisions in relation to investment advice total £204 million to date for these matters, of which £116 million had been utilised by 30 June 2018.

 

Packaged accounts

As a result of an uplift in packaged current account complaints, RBS proactively put in place dedicated resources in 2013 to investigate and resolve complaints on an individual basis. RBS has made gross provisions totalling £444 million to date for this matter.

 

The FCA conducted a thematic review of packaged bank accounts across the UK from October 2014 to April 2016, the results of which were published in October 2016. RBS continues to take into consideration and, where relevant, address the findings from this review.

 

FCA investigation into RBS plc’s compliance with the Money Laundering Regulations 2007

On 21 July 2017, the FCA notified RBS that it was undertaking an investigation into RBS plc’s compliance with the Money Laundering Regulations 2007 in relation to certain customers. Following amendment to the scope of the investigation, there are currently two areas under review: (1) compliance with Money Laundering Regulations in respect of Money Service Business customers; and (2) the Suspicious Transactions regime in relation to the events surrounding particular customers. The investigations in both areas are assessing both criminal and civil culpability. RBS is cooperating with the investigations.

 

Payment Protection Insurance (PPI)

Since 2011, RBS has been implementing the FCA’s policy statement for the handling of complaints about the mis-selling of PPI (Policy Statement 10/12). In August 2017, the FCA’s new rules and guidance on PPI complaints handling (Policy Statement 17/3) came into force. The Policy Statement introduced new so called ‘Plevin’ rules, under which customers may be eligible for redress if the bank earned a high level of commission from the sale of PPI, but did not disclose this detail at the point of sale. The Policy Statement also introduced a two year PPI deadline, due to expire in August 2019, before which new PPI complaints must be made. RBS is implementing the Policy Statement.

 

RBS has made provisions totalling £5.1 billion to date for PPI claims. Of the £5.1 billion cumulative provision, £4.4 billion had been utilised by 30 June 2018.

 

UK retail banking

In November 2014, the CMA announced its decision to proceed with a market investigation reference (MIR) into retail banking, which would cover personal current account (PCA) and SME banking. On 9 August 2016, the CMA published its final report, which outlined a number of remedies making it easier for customers to compare products, ensure customers benefit from technological advantages around open banking, improve the current account switching service and provide PCA overdraft customers with greater control over their charges, together with additional measures targeted at SME customers.

 

On 2 February 2017 the CMA published the Retail Banking Market Investigation Order 2017, which is the primary legal framework setting out the obligations for the implementation of the majority of remedies. At this stage there remains uncertainty around the financial impact of the remedies and so it is not practicable to estimate the potential impact on RBS, which may be material.

 

45

 


 

 

Notes

 

11. Litigation, investigations and reviews continued 

FCA Mortgages Market Study

In December 2016, the FCA launched a market study into the provision of mortgages. On 4 May 2018 the interim report was published. This found that competition was working well for many customers but also proposed remedies to help customers shop around more easily for mortgages. Following a period of consultation, the final report is due to be published towards the end of 2018. At this stage, as there is considerable uncertainty around the outcome of this market study, it is not practicable reliably to estimate the aggregate impact, if any, on RBS which may be material.

 

FCA Strategic Review of Retail Banking Models

On 11 May 2017 the FCA announced a two phase strategic review of retail banking models. The FCA will use the review to understand how these models operate, including how ‘free if in credit’ banking is paid for and the impact of changes such as increased use of digital channels and reduced branch usage.

 

Phase 1 allowed the FCA to enhance its understanding of existing models and how these impact competition and conduct. On 27 June 2018 the FCA published a project update outlining findings from Phase 1. Phase 2 will now evaluate the impacts of economic, technological, social and regulatory factors on these models.

 

At this early stage, as there is considerable uncertainty around the outcome of this review, it is not practicable reliably to estimate the aggregate impact, if any, on RBS, which in due course may be material.

 

Governance and risk management consent order

In July 2011, RBS agreed with the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System, the New York State Banking Department, the Connecticut Department of Banking, and the Illinois Department of Financial and Professional Regulation to enter into a consent Cease and Desist Order (‘the Governance Order’) to address deficiencies related to governance, risk management and compliance systems and controls in the US branches of NatWest Markets Plc and NatWest Markets N.V.. The RBS entities’ obligations under the Governance Order were terminated by the regulators in the first half of 2018. 

 

US dollar processing consent order

In December 2013 RBS  and NatWest Markets Plc agreed a settlement with the Federal Reserve, the New York State Department of Financial Services (DFS), and the Office of Foreign Assets Control (OFAC) with respect to NatWest Markets Plc’s historical compliance with US economic sanction regulations outside the US by business lines that were then located within that entity As part of the settlement, RBS  and NatWest Markets Plc entered into a consent Cease and Desist Order with the Federal Reserve (US Dollar Processing Order), which remains in effect until terminated by the Federal Reserve. The US Dollar Processing Order (which is publicly available) indicated, among other things, that RBS and NatWest Markets Plc lacked adequate risk management and legal review policies and procedures to ensure that activities conducted outside the US comply with applicable OFAC regulations.

 

RBS agreed to create an OFAC compliance programme to ensure compliance with OFAC regulations by RBS’s  global business lines outside the US, and to adopt, implement, and comply with the programme. Prior to and in connection with the US Dollar Processing Order, RBS has made investments in technology, hired and trained personnel, and revised compliance, risk management, and other policies and procedures.  

  

Under the US Dollar Processing Order (as part of the OFAC compliance programme) RBS was required to appoint an independent consultant to conduct an annual review of OFAC compliance policies and procedures and their implementation and an appropriate risk-focused sampling of US dollar payments. RBS appointed the independent consultant and their reports have been submitted annually. No reportable issues have been identified.

 

US/Swiss tax programme

In December 2015, Coutts & Co Ltd., a member of the Group incorporated in Switzerland, entered into a non-prosecution agreement (the NPA) with the DoJ. This was entered into as part of the DoJ’s programme for Swiss banks, related to its investigations of the role that Swiss banks played in concealing the assets of US tax payers in offshore accounts (US related accounts). Coutts & Co Ltd. paid a US$78.5 million penalty and acknowledged responsibility for certain conduct set forth in a statement of facts accompanying the agreement. Under the NPA, which has a term of four years, Coutts & Co Ltd. is required, among other things, to provide certain information, cooperate with DoJ’s investigations, and commit no U.S. federal offences. If Coutts & Co Ltd. abides by the NPA, the DoJ will not prosecute it for certain tax-related and monetary transaction offences in connection with US related accounts. Since the signing of the NPA in 2015, Coutts & Co Ltd has identified and disclosed to the DoJ a number of US related accounts that were not included in its original submission supporting the NPA. Coutts & Co Ltd is in discussions with the DoJ regarding these additional accounts.

46

 


 

 

Notes

 

 

11. Litigation, investigations and reviews continued 

Enforcement proceedings and investigations in relation to Coutts & Co Ltd

In February 2017, the Swiss Financial Market Supervisory Authority (FINMA) took enforcement action against Coutts & Co Ltd, a member of RBS incorporated in Switzerland, with regard to failures of money laundering checks and controls on certain client accounts that were connected with the Malaysian sovereign wealth fund, 1MDB, and were held with Coutts & Co Ltd. FINMA accordingly required Coutts & Co Ltd to disgorge profits of CHF 6.5 million. FINMA is currently investigating two former employees in connection with 1MDB.

 

In addition, the Monetary Authority of Singapore (MAS)’s supervisory examination of Coutts & Co Ltd’s Singapore branch revealed breaches of anti-money laundering requirements. MAS imposed on Coutts & Co Ltd financial penalties amounting to SGD 2.4 million in December 2016.

 

In addition, Coutts & Co Ltd continues to assist with investigations and enquiries from authorities where requested to do so.   

 

Regulator requests concerning certain historic Russian transactions

Media coverage in 2017 highlighted an alleged money laundering scheme involving Russian entities between 2010 and 2014. Allegedly certain European banks, including RBS and 16 other UK based financial institutions, and certain US banks, were involved in processing certain transactions associated with this scheme. RBS has responded to requests for information from the FCA, PRA and regulators in other jurisdictions.

 

Review and investigation of treatment of tracker mortgage customers in Ulster Bank Ireland DAC (formerly Ulster Bank Ireland Limited)

In December 2015, the Central Bank of Ireland (CBI) announced that it had written to a number of lenders requiring them to put in place a robust plan and framework to review the treatment of customers who have been sold mortgages with a tracker interest rate or with a tracker interest rate entitlement. The CBI stated that the intended purpose of the review was to identify any cases where customers’ contractual rights under the terms of their mortgage agreements were not fully honoured, or where lenders did not fully comply with various regulatory requirements and standards regarding disclosure and transparency for customers. The CBI has required Ulster Bank Ireland DAC (UBI DAC), a member of the Group incorporated in the Republic of Ireland, to participate in this review and UBI DAC is co-operating with the CBI in this regard. UBI DAC submitted its phase 2 report to the CBI in March 2017, identifying impacted customers.  The redress and compensation phase (phase 3) commenced in Q4 2017 and is ongoing. 

 

RBS has made provisions totaling  €297 million (£263 million) to date for this matter. Of the €297 million (£263 million) cumulative provision, €149 million (£132 million) had been utilised by 30 June 2018.

 

Separately, in April 2016, the CBI notified UBI DAC that it was also commencing an investigation under its Administrative Sanctions Procedure into suspected breaches of the Consumer Protection Code 2006 during the period 4 August 2006 to 30 June 2008 in relation to certain customers who switched from tracker mortgages to fixed rate mortgages. This investigation is ongoing and UBI DAC continues to co-operate with the CBI.

 

As part of an internal review of the wider retail and commercial loan portfolios extending from the tracker mortgage examination programme, UBI DAC identified further legacy business issues. A programme is ongoing to identify and remediate impacted customers. RBS has made provisions totaling  €114  million (£101 million) to date  based on expected remediation and project costs in relation to this matter. Of the €114 million (£101 million) cumulative provision, €9 million (£8 million) had been utilised by 30 June 2018.

 

47

 


 

 

Notes

 

12. Related party transactions

 

UK Government

During 2018 the UK Government’s interest reduced from 70.1% to 62.4%.  The Group continued to transact with bodies controlled by or related to the UK Government on an arm’s length basis.

 

Bank of England facilities

In the ordinary course of business, the Group may from time to time access market-wide facilities provided by the Bank of England.

 

The Group’s other transactions with the UK Government include the payment of taxes, principally UK corporation tax and value added tax; national insurance contributions; local authority rates; and regulatory fees and levies (including the bank levy and FSCS levies).

 

Other related parties

There have been no material changes to the disclosures concerning the Group’s other related parties included in the 2017 Annual Report on Form 20-F.

 

13. Post balance sheet events

Professional indemnity insurance policies agreement

On 27 July 2018, the RBS Group reached an agreement with certain insurers and third parties in respect of claims made under certain 2007 – 2009 insurance policies which provided coverage to RBS Group subsidiaries for certain losses.  As a result of the settlement, RBS Group will receive pre-tax payments in the amount of £272 million from third parties.

 

Other than as disclosed, there have been no further significant events between 30 June 2018 and the date of approval of this announcement.

 

14. Date of approval

This announcement was approved by the Board of Directors on 2 August 2018.

48

 


 

 

Notes

 

15. Consolidating financial information

On the 30 April 2018 The Royal Bank of Scotland plc was renamed NatWest Markets Plc following the completion of the Ring-fencing Transfer Scheme. NatWest Markets Plc ('NWM Plc') is a wholly owned subsidiary of The Royal Bank of Scotland Group plc ('RBSG plc') and was able to offer and sell certain securities in the US from time to time pursuant to a registration statement on Form F-3 filed with the SEC with a full and unconditional guarantee from RBSG plc.

 

NWM Plc utilises an exception provided in Rule 3-10 of Regulation S-X, and therefore does not file its financial statements with the SEC. In accordance with the requirements to qualify for the exception, presented below is condensed consolidating financial information for:

·

RBSG plc on a stand-alone basis as guarantor;

·

NWM Plc on a stand-alone basis as issuer;

·

Non-guarantor Subsidiaries of RBSG plc and NWM Plc on a combined basis ('Subsidiaries');

·

Consolidation adjustments; and

·

RBSG plc consolidated amounts ('RBSG Group').

 

Under IAS 27, RBSG plc and NWM Plc account for investments in their subsidiary undertakings at cost less impairment. Rule 3-10 of Regulation S-X requires a company to account for its investments in subsidiary undertakings using the equity method, which would decrease the results for the period of RBSG plc and increase NWM Plc in the information below by £32,713 million and £1,316 million respectively for the half year ended 30 June 2018 (increase £1,146 million and £712 million respectively for the half year ended 30 June 2017).

 

The net assets of RBSG plc and NWM Plc in the information below would also be decreased by £41,231 million and increased by £774 million respectively at 30 June 2018 (decreased by £6,631 million and £9,319 million respectively at 31 December 2017).

 

NWM Plc Disposal groups and discontinued operations NatWest Holdings Limited (NatWest Holdings)

The transfer of the NWM Plc Personal & Business Banking (PBB) Commercial & Private Banking (CPB) and certain parts of Central items and NatWest Markets, due to be included in the ring-fenced bank, to subsidiaries of NatWest Holdings, completed on 30 April 2018. Accordingly, all of the NWM Plc activities to be undertaken by NatWest Holdings and its subsidiaries are classified as disposal groups in the NWM Plc accounts at 30 June 2018 and presented as discontinued operations, with comparatives re-presented. On 29 June 2018 the distribution of NatWest Holdings by NWM plc to RBSG plc was approved and accounted for as income by RBSG plc.

49

 


 

 

Notes

 

 

15. Consolidating financial information (continued) 

  

  

  

  

Income statement

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

Consolidation

RBSG

RBSG plc

NWM Plc

Subsidiaries

adjustments

Group

For the six months ended 30 June 2018

£m

£m

£m

£m

£m

  

  

  

  

  

  

Net interest income

(136)

(72)

3,468 

1,066 

4,326 

Non-interest income

33,980 

62 

1,459 

(33,125)

2,376 

Total income

33,844 

(10)

4,927 

(32,059)

6,702 

Operating expenses

(60)

(627)

(2,756)

(1,292)

(4,735)

Impairment losses

(4)

(13)

(69)

(55)

(141)

Operating profit/(loss) before tax

33,780 

(650)

2,102 

(33,406)

1,826 

Tax credit/(charge)

34 

37 

(621)

(191)

(741)

Profit/(loss) from continuing operations

33,814 

(613)

1,481 

(33,597)

1,085 

Profit/(loss) from discontinued operations, net of tax

262 

(262)

Profit/(loss) for the period

33,814 

(351)

1,481 

(33,859)

1,085 

  

  

  

  

  

  

Attributable to:

  

  

  

  

  

Non-controlling interests

(17)

(16)

Preference shareholders

74 

74 

Paid-in equity holders

139 

139 

Ordinary shareholders

33,601 

(351)

1,480 

(33,842)

888 

  

33,814 

(351)

1,481 

(33,859)

1,085 

 

Statement of comprehensive income

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

Consolidation

RBSG

RBSG plc

NWM Plc

Subsidiaries

adjustments

Group

For the six months ended 30 June 2018

£m

£m

£m

£m

£m

Profit/(loss) for the period

33,814 

(351)

1,481 

(33,859)

1,085 

Items that do not qualify for reclassification

  

  

  

  

  

Funding commitment to retirement benefit schemes

(2,000)

(2,000)

Changes in fair value of credit in financial liabilities

  

  

  

  

  

   designated at fair value through profit

59 

36 

95 

Fair value through other comprehensive income

(3)

Tax (charge)/credit

(16)

516 

500 

  

43 

(1,451)

(1,402)

Items that do qualify for reclassification

  

  

  

  

  

Fair value through other comprehensive income

(323)

532 

(10)

199 

Cash flow hedges

28 

234 

(433)

(350)

(521)

Currency translation

56 

(393)

355 

18 

Tax (charge)/credit

(5)

27 

(20)

95 

97 

  

23 

(6)

(314)

90 

(207)

Other comprehensive income/(loss) after tax

23 

37 

(1,765)

96 

(1,609)

Total comprehensive income/(loss) for the period

33,837 

(314)

(284)

(33,763)

(524)

  

  

  

  

  

  

Total comprehensive income/(loss) is attributable to:

  

  

  

  

  

Non-controlling interests

(31)

(29)

Preference shareholders

74 

74 

Paid-in equity holders

139 

139 

Ordinary shareholders

33,624 

(314)

(276)

(33,742)

(708)

  

33,837 

(314)

(274)

(33,773)

(524)

50

 


 

 

 

Notes

 

15. Consolidating financial information (continued) 

  

  

  

  

  

Income statement

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

Consolidation

RBSG

RBSG plc

NWM Plc

Subsidiaries

adjustments (1) 

Group

For the six months ended 30 June 2017

£m

£m

£m

£m

£m

Net interest income

105 

(34)

3,063 

1,338 

4,472 

Non-interest income

37 

953 

864 

593 

2,447 

Total income

142 

919 

3,927 

1,931 

6,919 

Operating expenses

(78)

(779)

(1,753)

(2,242)

(4,852)

Impairment releases/(losses)

22 

(91)

(47)

(116)

Operating profit/(loss) before tax

64 

162 

2,083 

(358)

1,951 

Tax charge

(19)

(100)

(441)

(167)

(727)

Profit/(loss) from continuing operations

45 

62 

1,642 

(525)

1,224 

Profit/(loss) from discontinued operations, net of tax

395 

(1)

(394)

Profit/(loss) for the period

45 

457 

1,641 

(919)

1,224 

  

  

  

  

  

  

Attributable to:

  

  

  

  

  

Non-controlling interests

27 

29 

Preference shareholders

85 

85 

Paid-in equity holders

167 

171 

Ordinary shareholders

(207)

457 

1,639 

(950)

939 

  

45 

457 

1,641 

(919)

1,224 

 

Statement of comprehensive income

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

Consolidation

RBSG

RBSG plc

NWM Plc

Subsidiaries

adjustments

Group

For the six months ended 30 June 2017

£m

£m

£m

£m

£m

Profit/(loss) for the period

45 

457 

1,641 

(919)

1,224 

Items that do not qualify for reclassification

  

  

  

  

  

Loss on remeasurement of retirement benefit schemes

(26)

(26)

Changes in fair value of credit in financial liabilities

  

  

  

  

  

   designated at fair value through profit

(45)

(32)

(77)

Tax (charge)/credit

(13)

(8)

  

(58)

(53)

(111)

Items that do qualify for reclassification

  

  

  

  

  

Available-for-sale financial assets

30 

(312)

311 

29 

Cash flow hedges

(111)

(224)

(2)

(274)

(611)

Currency translation

(46)

313 

(164)

103 

Tax credit

21 

52 

16 

72 

161 

  

(90)

(188)

15 

(55)

(318)

Other comprehensive loss after tax

(90)

(246)

(38)

(55)

(429)

Total comprehensive (loss)/income for the period

(45)

211 

1,603 

(974)

795 

  

  

  

  

  

  

Total comprehensive (loss)/income is attributable to:

  

  

  

  

  

Non-controlling interests

49 

49 

Preference shareholders

85 

85 

Paid-in equity holders

167 

171 

Ordinary shareholders

(297)

211 

1,603 

(1,027)

490 

  

(45)

211 

1,603 

(974)

795 

51

 


 

 

 

Notes

 

15. Consolidating financial information (continued) 

  

  

  

  

  

Balance sheet

  

  

  

  

  

Consolidation

RBSG

RBSG plc

NWM Plc

Subsidiaries

adjustments

Group

At 30 June 2018

£m

£m

£m

£m

£m

Assets

  

  

  

  

  

Cash and balances at central banks

93 

102,269 

228 

102,590 

Loans and advances to banks

13,271 

37,430 

2,443 

(25,305)

27,839 

Loans and advances to customers

16,556 

43,151 

304,175 

(14,744)

349,138 

Debt securities

230 

37,606 

58,354 

(3,921)

92,269 

Equity shares

56 

354 

168 

581 

Investments in Group undertakings

47,559 

376 

1,816 

(49,751)

Settlement balances

7,747 

1,557 

(979)

8,325 

Derivatives

436 

154,469 

2,471 

(6,240)

151,136 

Intangible assets

6,272 

298 

6,570 

Property, plant and equipment

4,034 

334 

4,370 

Deferred tax

2,152 

(337)

1,815 

Prepayments, accrued income and other assets

33,901 

677 

3,486 

(34,444)

3,620 

Assets of disposals groups

70,275 

83 

(70,275)

83 

Total assets

111,956 

351,882 

489,466 

(204,968)

748,336 

  

  

  

  

  

  

Liabilities

  

  

  

  

  

Deposits by banks

22,765 

23,110 

2,835 

48,710 

Customer accounts

41,253 

402,346 

(41,799)

401,800 

Debt securities in issue

14,155 

15,790 

7,412 

(634)

36,723 

Settlement balances

7,090 

1,683 

(974)

7,799 

Short positions

32,552 

2,833 

(344)

35,041 

Derivatives

454 

145,618 

4,581 

(6,964)

143,689 

Provisions for liabilities and charges

72 

2,335 

4,585 

6,995 

Accruals, deferred income and other liabilities

236 

34,486 

5,927 

(34,808)

5,841 

Retirement benefit liabilities

53 

2,063 

14 

2,130 

Deferred tax

35 

333 

460 

(327)

501 

Subordinated liabilities

8,016 

6,467 

2,043 

(5,924)

10,602 

Liabilities of disposal groups

32,564 

14 

(32,564)

14 

Total liabilities

22,968 

341,306 

457,057 

(121,486)

699,845 

  

  

  

  

  

  

Non-controlling interests

59 

675 

734 

Owners’ equity

88,988 

10,576 

32,350 

(84,157)

47,757 

Total equity

88,988 

10,576 

32,409 

(83,482)

48,491 

Total liabilities and equity

111,956 

351,882 

489,466 

(204,968)

748,336 

52

 


 

 

 

Notes

 

15. Consolidating financial information (continued) 

  

  

  

Balance sheet

  

  

  

  

  

Consolidation

RBSG

RBSG plc

NWM Plc

Subsidiaries

adjustments

Group

At 31 December 2017

£m

£m

£m

£m

£m

Assets

  

  

  

  

  

Cash and balances at central banks

93 

36,707 

61,537 

98,337 

Loans and advances to banks

14,503 

18,814 

7,647 

(10,713)

30,251 

Loans and advances to customers

10,480 

45,658 

203,988 

89,793 

349,919 

Debt securities

104 

27,334 

8,317 

43,178 

78,933 

Equity shares

50 

244 

153 

450 

Investments in Group undertakings

47,559 

496 

320 

(48,375)

Settlement balances

1,640 

938 

(61)

2,517 

Derivatives

163 

162,005 

3,101 

(4,426)

160,843 

Intangible assets

531 

6,012 

6,543 

Property, plant and equipment

3,221 

1,376 

4,602 

Deferred tax

165 

1,361 

214 

1,740 

Prepayments, accrued income and other assets

50 

591 

2,325 

760 

3,726 

Assets of disposals groups

269,038 

195 

(269,038)

195 

Total assets

72,862 

525,889 

268,895 

(129,590)

738,056 

  

  

  

  

  

  

Liabilities

  

  

  

  

  

Deposits by banks

18,304 

(72,131)

100,725 

46,898 

Customer accounts

37,097 

303,086 

57,853 

398,036 

Debt securities in issue

9,202 

12,362 

1,137 

7,858 

30,559 

Settlement balances

1,411 

1,477 

(44)

2,844 

Short positions

26,207 

2,552 

(232)

28,527 

Derivatives

284 

155,098 

3,289 

(4,165)

154,506 

Provisions for liabilities and charges

127 

2,230 

3,354 

2,046 

7,757 

Accruals, deferred income and other liabilities

165 

479 

3,629 

2,119 

6,392 

Retirement benefit liabilities

52 

59 

18 

129 

Deferred tax

146 

100 

443 

(106)

583 

Subordinated liabilities

7,977 

(3,523)

8,268 

12,722 

Liabilities of disposal groups

228,027 

10 

(228,027)

10 

Total liabilities

17,901 

481,367 

243,382 

(53,687)

688,963 

  

  

  

  

  

  

Non-controlling interests

131 

632 

763 

Owners’ equity

54,961 

44,522 

25,382 

(76,535)

48,330 

Total equity

54,961 

44,522 

25,513 

(75,903)

49,093 

Total liabilities and equity

72,862 

525,889 

268,895 

(129,590)

738,056 

53

 


 

 

 

Notes

 

15. Consolidating financial information (continued) 

  

  

  

  

  

Cash flow statement

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

Consolidation

RBSG

RBSG plc

NWM Plc

Subsidiaries

adjustments

Group

For the six months ended 30 June 2018

£m

£m

£m

£m

£m

Net cash flows from operating activities

273 

25,094 

(17,109)

1,540 

9,798 

Net cash flows from investing activities

(617)

(51,681)

48,529 

(3,769)

Net cash flows from financing activities

(345)

(1,082)

(1,925)

1,045 

(2,307)

Effects of exchange rate changes on cash and cash equivalents

(1)

708 

(192)

(477)

38 

Net (decrease)/increase in cash and cash equivalents

(73)

24,103 

(70,907)

50,637 

3,760 

Cash and cash equivalents at 1 January 2018

245 

13,058 

196,214 

(86,912)

122,605 

Cash and cash equivalents at 30 June 2018

172 

37,161 

125,307 

(36,275)

126,365 

  

  

  

  

  

  

For the six months ended 30 June 2017

  

  

  

  

  

Net cash flows from operating activities

2,245 

18,024 

10,724 

(674)

30,319 

Net cash flows from investing activities

(2,179)

(1,781)

3,531 

(5,890)

(6,319)

Net cash flows from financing activities

(716)

(4,032)

(820)

754 

(4,814)

Effects of exchange rate changes on cash and cash equivalents

(9)

(566)

504 

(64)

Net (decrease)/increase in cash and cash equivalents

(659)

12,218 

12,869 

(5,306)

19,122 

Cash and cash equivalents at 1 January 2017

1,195 

99,073 

89,431 

(91,129)

98,570 

Cash and cash equivalents at 30 June 2017

536 

111,291 

102,300 

(96,435)

117,692 

 

Trust preferred securities

The Group has issued trust preferred securities through trusts 100% owned by the Group (through partnership interests held by RBSG Capital Corporation and RBS) which meet the definition of a finance subsidiary in Regulation S-X, Rule 3-10. The securities represent undivided beneficial interests in the assets of the trusts, which consist of partnership preferred securities representing non-cumulative perpetual preferred limited partnership interests issued by Delaware limited partnerships. The Royal Bank of Scotland Group plc has provided subordinated guarantees for the benefit of the holders of the trust preferred securities and the partnership preferred securities. Under the terms of the guarantees, the Group has fully and unconditionally guaranteed on a subordinated basis, payments on such trust preferred securities and partnership preferred securities, to the extent they are due to be paid and have not been paid by, or on behalf of the trusts and the partnerships, as the case may be. Following implementation of IFRS 10 the trusts are no longer consolidated by the Group, for those securities that were classified as subordinated liabilities, the Group’s outstanding instruments with the trusts are classified as subordinated liabilities.

54

 


 

 

Summary risk factors

 

Summary of our principal risks and uncertainties

Set out below is a summary of certain risks which could adversely affect the Group; it should be read in conjunction with the Capital and risk management section of the Group’s 2017 Annual Report on Form 20-F. This summary should not be regarded as a complete and comprehensive statement of all potential risks and uncertainties or of the Group’s 2017 Annual Report on Form 20-F risk factor disclosures. A fuller description of these and other risk factors is included on pages 349 to 379 of the Group’s 2017 Annual Report on Form 20-F which should be read together with the Group’s other public disclosures.

 

The Group’s operations are highly dependent on its IT systems and it is exposed to cyberattacks. A failure of the Group’s IT systems (including as a result of the lack of or untimely investments) or a failure to prevent or defend itself from cyberattacks (and provide, as appropriate, notification of them) could adversely affect the Group’s operations, results of operations, competitive position and reputation and could expose the Group to regulatory sanctions and costly remediation work.

The Group’s businesses and performance can be negatively affected by actual or perceived economic conditions in the UK and globally and other risks arising out of geopolitical events and political developments. In particular, the Group is subject to political risks, as well as economic, regulatory and political uncertainty arising from the vote to leave in the referendum on the UK’s membership of the European Union (EU Referendum) and more generally arising from changes in UK government policies, including as a shareholder. Following the EU Referendum, and pursuant to the exit process triggered under Article 50 of the Treaty on the European Union, the UK is scheduled to leave the EU on 29 March 2019.  The terms of such departure, including any transition period, and the resulting economic, trading and legal relationships with both the EU and other counterparties  are currently unclear and subject to significant uncertainty.  In preparation for leaving the EU, the European Union (Withdrawal) Act received Royal Assent on 26 June 2018 and secondary legislation is in the process of being released.  Together with other global risks including risks arising out of geopolitical events, these uncertainties as well as the impact on the UK’s political, economic, trading and legal frameworks could adversely impact the Group’s business, results of operations, financial condition and prospects.

The Group has been, and will remain, in a period of major business transformation and structural change through to at least 2019 as it implements its own transformation programme and seeks to comply with the UK ring-fencing regime and recovery and resolution requirements as well as the Alternative Remedies Package. Material structural changes to the Group’s operations and business will also be required as a result of Brexit. These various transformation and restructuring activities (including the run-down or sale of certain portfolios and assets) are costly and complex and are required to occur concurrently, which carries significant execution and operational risk.

Effective management of the Group’s capital is critical to its ability to operate its businesses, comply with its regulatory obligations, pursue its transformation programme and current strategies, resume dividend payments on its ordinary shares, maintain discretionary payments and pursue its strategic opportunities. In the context of the evolving regulatory framework relating to the resolution of financial institutions in the UK, changes to the funding and regulatory capital framework may be made requiring the Group to meet higher capital levels than the Group anticipated within its strategic plans and affect the Group’s funding costs.  Failure by the Group to comply with regulatory capital, funding, liquidity and leverage requirements may result in intervention by its regulators and loss of investor confidence, and may have a material adverse effect on its results of operations, financial condition and reputation and may result in distribution restrictions and adversely impact existing shareholders.  In addition, the Group’s borrowing costs, its access to the debt capital markets and its liquidity depend significantly on its credit ratings and, to a lesser extent, on the UK sovereign ratings.

The Group relies on valuation, capital and stress test models to conduct its business, assess its risk exposure and anticipate capital and funding requirements. Failure of these models to provide accurate results or accurately reflect changes in the micro and macroeconomic environment in which the Group operates or findings of deficiencies by the Group’s regulators, including as part of mandated stress testing, may result in increased regulatory capital requirements or management actions and could have a material adverse effect on the Group’s business, capital and results as well as the ability of the Group to make distributions to shareholders.   

The Group’s ability to meet the targets and expectations which accompany the Group’s transformation programme, including with respect to its cost reduction programme, its strategic costs and its ability to produce a profit, are subject to various internal and external risks and are based on a number of key assumptions and judgments any of which may prove to be inaccurate.

HM Treasury (or UKGI on its behalf) may be able to exercise a significant degree of influence over the Group and any further offer or sale of its interests may affect the price of securities issued by the Group.

55

 


 

 

Summary risk factors

 

As a result of the commercial and regulatory environment in which it operates, the Group may be unable to attract or retain senior management (including members of the board) and other skilled personnel of the appropriate qualification and competence. The Group may also suffer if it does not maintain good employee relations.

The Group’s business and results of operations may be adversely affected by increasing competitive pressures and technological developments in the markets in which it operates.

The Group is subject to a number of legal, regulatory and governmental actions and investigations. Unfavourable outcomes in such actions and investigations could have a material adverse effect on the Group’s operations, operating results, reputation, financial position and future prospects. 

Operational risks are inherent in the Group’s businesses and these risks are heightened as the Group implements its transformation programme, including significant cost reductions, the UK ring-fencing regime and implementation of the Alternative Remedies Package against the backdrop of legal and regulatory changes.

The cost of implementing the Alternative Remedies Package regarding the business previously described as Williams & Glyn could be more onerous than anticipated and any failure to comply with the terms of the Alternative Remedies Package could result in the imposition of additional measures or limitations on the Group’s operations.

The financial performance of the Group has been, and may continue to be, materially affected by customer and counterparty credit quality and deterioration in credit quality or depressed asset valuations could arise due to prevailing economic and market conditions and legal and regulatory developments (including, for example, ongoing reforms with respect to LIBOR and other benchmark rates).

The Group’s businesses are exposed to the effect of movements in interest rates and currency rates, which could have a material adverse effect on the results of operations, financial condition or prospects of the Group.

The Group’s businesses are subject to substantial regulation and oversight, including from prudential and competition authorities. Significant regulatory developments (including, for example, ongoing reform with respect to LIBOR and other benchmark rates and the recent General Data Protection Regulation, which came into effect in May 2018) and increased scrutiny by the Group’s key regulators have had, and may continue to have, the effect of increasing financial, operational, compliance and conduct risks as well as related costs.  These regulatory developments could have a material adverse effect on how the Group conducts its business and on its results of operations and financial condition.

The Group’s operations entail inherent reputational risk (i.e., the risk of brand damage and/or financial loss due to a failure to meet stakeholders’ expectations of the Group’s conduct, performance and business profile).

The reported results of the Group are sensitive to the accounting policies, assumptions and estimates that underlie the preparation of its financial statements. The Group’s results in future periods may be affected by changes to applicable accounting rules and standards.

A failure in the Group’s risk management framework (including in respect of, but not limited to, conduct risk) could adversely affect the ability of the Group to achieve its strategic objectives.

The Group may become subject to the application of stabilisation or resolution powers in certain significant stress situations, which may result in various actions being taken in relation to the Group and any securities of the Group, including the write-off, write-down or conversion of the Group’s securities.

The value or effectiveness of any credit protection that the Group has purchased depends on the value of the underlying assets and the financial condition of the insurers and counterparties.

The Group’s results could be adversely affected in the event of goodwill impairment.

Changes in tax legislation or failure to generate future taxable profits may impact the recoverability of certain deferred tax assets recognised by the Group.

56

 


 

 

Statement of directors’ responsibilities

 

We, the directors listed below, confirm that to the best of our knowledge:

 

the condensed financial statements have been prepared in accordance with IAS 34 'Interim Financial Reporting';

the interim management report includes a fair review of the information required by DTR 4.2.7R (indication of important events during the first six months and description of principal risks and uncertainties for the remaining six months of the year); and

the interim management report includes a fair review of the information required by DTR 4.2.8R (disclosure of

related parties' transactions and changes therein).

 

 

 

 

By order of the Board

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Howard Davies

Ross McEwan

Ewen Stevenson

Chairman

Chief Executive

Chief Financial Officer

 

2 August 2018

 

 

 

Board of directors

 

Chairman

Executive directors

Non-executive directors

Howard Davies

Ross McEwan

Ewen Stevenson

 

 

Frank Dangeard

Alison Davis

Patrick Flynn

Morten Friis

Robert Gillespie

Brendan Nelson

Baroness Noakes

Mike Rogers

Mark Seligman

Dr Lena Wilson

57

 


 

 

Additional information

 

Share information

 

30 June 

2018 

31 March 

2018 

31 December 

2017 

 

 

 

 

Ordinary share price

256.1p

258.8p

278.0p

 

 

 

 

Number of ordinary shares in issue

12,028m

11,993m

11,965m

 

 

Other financial data

The following table shows RBS’s issued and fully paid share capital, owners’ equity and indebtedness on a consolidated basis in accordance with IFRS as at 30 June 2018.

 

As at
30 June

 2018 

 

£m

 

 

Share capital - allotted, called up and fully paid

 

Ordinary shares of £1

12,028

Retained income and other reserves

35,729

 

 

Owners’ equity

47,757

 

 

RBS indebtedness

 

Subordinated liabilities

10,602

Debt securities in issue

36,723

 

 

Total indebtedness

47,325

 

 

Total capitalisation and indebtedness

95,082

 

Under IFRS, certain preference shares are classified as debt and are included in subordinated liabilities in the table above.

The information contained in the table above has not changed materially since 30 June 2018.

58

 


 

 

Additional information

 

Other financial data (continued) 

 

 

 

 

Year ended 31 December

 

Half year ended

30 June

2018 (1) 

2017

2016

2015

2014

2013

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Return on average total assets (2) 

0.3%

0.1%

(0.8%)

(0.2%)

(0.3%)

(0.7%)

Return on average ordinary shareholders’                         equity (3) 

4.4%

1.9%

(15.3%)

(4.0%)

(6.5%)

(14.7%)

Average total equity as a percentage

  of average total assets

7.3%

7.0%

6.2%

6.0%

           5.8%

           5.5%

Ratio of earnings to combined fixed

  charges  and preference share dividends (4,5) 

 

 

 

 

 

 

  - including interest on deposits

2.18

1.58   

(0.45)   

0.17

1.52

(0.51)

  - excluding interest on deposits

4.37

2.25

(2.13)

(1.17)

2.61

(5.12)

Ratio of earnings to fixed charges only (4,5) 

 

 

 

 

 

 

  - including interest on deposits

2.58

2.05

(0.53)

0.19

1.67

(0.55)

  - excluding interest on deposits

7.86

4.37

(3.25)

(1.60)

3.58

(6.95)

 

Notes:

(1)

Based on unaudited numbers.

(2)

Return on average total assets represents loss attributable to ordinary shareholders as a percentage of average total assets.

(3)

Return on average ordinary shareholders' equity represents loss attributable to ordinary shareholders expressed as a percentage of average ordinary shareholders' equity.

(4)

For this purpose, earnings consist of income before tax and non-controlling interests, plus fixed charges less the unremitted income of associated undertakings (share of profits less dividends received). Fixed charges consist of total interest expense, including or excluding interest on deposits and debt securities in issue, as appropriate, and the proportion of rental expense deemed representative of the interest factor (one third of total rental expenses).

(5)

The earnings for the years ended 31 December 2016, 2015 and 2013 were inadequate to cover total fixed charges and preference share dividends. The coverage deficiency for total fixed charges and preference share dividends for the years ended 31 December 2016, 2015 and 2013 was £4,586 million, £3,088 million and £9,247 million respectively. The coverage deficiency for fixed charges for the years ended 31 December 2016, 2015 and 2013 was £4,082 million, £2,703 million and £8,849 million respectively.

 

59

 


 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Appendix 1

 

Capital and risk management

 

 

 

 

 

Document navigation

The following are contained within this appendix:

Capital, liquidity and funding risk (pages 1 to 6);

Credit risk – Banking activities (pages 7 to 10);

Credit risk – Banking activities segmental exposure (pages 11 and 12);

Credit risk – Banking activities sector exposure and impairment metrics (pages 13 and 14);

Credit risk – Banking activities personal portfolios (pages 15 to 19);

Credit risk – Banking activities flow statements (pages 20 to 24);

Credit risk – Trading activities (pages 25 and 26);

Market risk (pages 27 to 32); and

Other risks (page 33)

 

 

RBS – Interim Results 2018

 

 


 

 

Appendix 1 Capital and risk management

 

Capital, liquidity and funding risk

Capital risk is the risk that the Group has insufficient capital and other loss absorbing debt instruments to operate effectively including meeting minimum regulatory requirements, operating within Board approved risk appetite and supporting its strategic goals. Liquidity risk is the risk that RBS cannot meet its actual or potential obligations when they fall due. Funding risk is the risk that RBS cannot maintain a diversified, stable and cost effective funding base.

 

Key developments

The CET1 ratio increased by 20 basis points to 16.1% as a result of the £888 million attributable profit and the 30 basis point impact on 1 January 2018 of the implementation of IFRS 9.

RWAs decreased by £2.0 billion(1) driven by decreases in credit and counterparty credit risk (£0.9 billion) and operational risk (£1.4 billion) partly offset by an increase in market risk of £0.3 billion. Revisions to the loss given default models, predominantly impacting Commercial Banking, have been offset by reductions in asset size including wind down of legacy business in NatWest Markets.

Both the CRR end-point and UK leverage ratios decreased marginally to 5.2% and 6.0% respectively.

Average leverage ratios both decreased to 5.1% for CRR and 5.8% for UK.

The total loss absorbing capital ratio of 29.6% is above the BOE requirement of 24.0% by 1 January 2020.

In the first half of 2018, RBS issued £9.4 billion new securities (£4.9 billion MREL eligible senior debt from RBSG, £0.9 billion RMBS from Ulster Bank Ireland DAC and £3.6 billion senior unsecured notes from NatWest Markets Plc). Issuance is partially offset by £3.9 billion maturities and redemptions.

RBS participation in the Bank of England’s Term Funding Scheme remained stable at £19 billion.

The liquidity coverage ratio increased from 152% to 167% driven by lower NatWest Markets funding usage, reflecting debt issuance and secured funding.

The net stable funding ratio increased by 100 basis points to 140% on a comparable basis(2) primarily driven by debt issuance.

 

 

Minimum capital requirements

The Group is subject to minimum requirements in relation to the amount of capital it must hold in relation to its RWAs. The table below summarises the minimum ratios of capital to RWAs that the Group is expected to have to meet once all currently adopted regulation is fully implemented by 1 January 2019. For the applicable regulation rules and effective dates see page 166 in the RBSG 2017 Annual Report on Form 20-F. In June 2018 the UK countercyclical capital buffer (CCyB), which is set by the Bank of England’s Financial Policy Committee, increased from 0.0% to 0.5%. The UK CCyB may be set between 0% and 2.5% and is linked to the state of the UK economy. In November 2017 the FPC announced a further increase to 1.0% effective 28 November 2018.

 

Minimum requirements

Type

CET1

Total Tier 1

Total capital

System wide

Pillar 1 minimum requirements

  4.5%

  6.0%

  8.0%

 

Capital conservation buffer

  2.5%

  2.5%

  2.5%

 

UK countercyclical capital buffer

  1.0%

  1.0%

  1.0%

 

G-SIB buffer

  1.0%

  1.0%

  1.0%

Bank specific

Pillar 2A

  2.2%

  2.9%

  3.9%

Total (excluding PRA buffer)

 

11.2%

13.4%

16.4%

Capital ratios at 30 June 2018

 

16.1%

18.1%

21.5%

 

 

Notes:

(1) The RWA movements reflect the impact of IFRS 9 implemented on 1 January 2018.

(2) Refer to page 6 in the business performance summary.

1

 

RBS – Interim Results 2018

 


 

 

Appendix 1 Capital and risk management

 

Capital, liquidity and funding risk continued 

Capital flow statement

Refer to Business performance summary - Capital and leverage for information on Capital, RWAs and leverage and the Pillar 3 supplement for capital and leverage relating to significant subsidiaries and also CRR templates. The table below analyses the movement in end-point CRR CET1, AT1 and Tier 2 capital for the half year ended 30 June 2018.

  

CET1

AT1

Tier 2

Total

Capital flow statement

£m

£m

£m

£m

  

  

  

  

  

At 1 January 2018

31,957 

4,041 

6,765 

42,763 

Profit for the period

888 

888 

Own credit adjustments

(134)

(134)

Share capital and reserve movements in respect of employee share schemes

206 

206 

Foreign exchange reserve

31 

31 

FVOCI reserves

187 

187 

Goodwill and intangibles deduction

(27)

(27)

Deferred tax assets

103 

103 

Prudential valuation adjustments

(112)

(112)

Expected loss over impairment provisions

650 

650 

Pension contribution

(1,484)

(1,484)

Net capital instruments

(89)

(89)

Net dated subordinated debt/grandfathered instruments

(159)

(159)

Foreign exchange movements

132 

132 

Other movements

(315)

10 

10 

(295)

  

  

  

  

  

At 30 June 2018

31,950 

4,051 

6,659 

42,660 

  

  

  

  

  

Risk-weighted assets

The table below analyses the movement in RWAs on the end-point CRR basis during the half year, by key drivers.

  

  

 

  

Non-counterparty

Counterparty

  

Operational

  

 

  

credit risk

credit risk

Market risk

risk

Total

 

  

£bn

£bn 

£bn 

£bn

£bn 

 

At 1 January 2018

144.6 

15.4 

17.0 

23.8 

200.8 

 

Foreign exchange movement

0.2 

0.2 

 

Business movements

(4.5)

(0.2)

0.3 

(1.4)

(5.8)

 

Risk parameter changes

(0.5)

(0.1)

(0.6)

 

Model updates

4.2 

4.2 

 

  

  

  

  

  

  

 

At 30 June 2018

144.0 

15.1 

17.3 

22.4 

198.8 

 

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

The table below analyses segmental RWAs.

  

  

Ulster

  

  

  

  

Central

  

  

  

Bank

Commercial

Private

  

  

items

  

  

UK PBB

RoI

Banking

Banking

RBSI

NWM

& other

Total

  

£bn

£bn

£bn

£bn

£bn

£bn

£bn

£bn

At 1 January 2018

43.0 

18.0 

71.8 

9.1 

5.1 

52.9 

0.9 

200.8 

Foreign exchange movement

0.1 

0.1 

0.2 

Business movements

(0.5)

(0.5)

(2.5)

0.3 

0.3 

(2.8)

(0.1)

(5.8)

Risk parameter changes (1) 

0.6 

(0.7)

(0.1)

(0.1)

(0.1)

(0.2)

(0.6)

Methodology changes

Model updates (2)

0.4 

3.9 

(0.1)

4.2 

Other changes

(0.1)

(1.5)

1.6 

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

At 30 June 2018

43.4 

16.8 

71.7 

9.4 

6.8 

50.1 

0.6 

198.8 

Credit risk

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  - non-counterparty

34.1 

15.8 

65.1 

8.3 

6.1 

14.5 

0.1 

144.0 

  - counterparty

0.1 

15.0 

15.1 

Market risk

16.8 

0.5 

17.3 

Operational risk

9.3 

0.9 

6.6 

1.1 

0.7 

3.8 

22.4 

At 30 June 2018

43.4 

16.8 

71.7 

9.4 

6.8 

50.1 

0.6 

198.8 

                             

(1)

Risk parameter changes relate to charges in credit quality metrics of customers and counterparties such as probability of default (PD) and loss given default (LGD).

(2)

Model updates include revisions to LGD models for both the UK mid-corporate and quasi-government portfolios.

Notes:

2

 

RBS – Interim Results 2018

 


 

 

 

Appendix 1 Capital and risk management

 

Capital, liquidity and funding risk continued 

Capital resources (Within the scope of EY’s review report)

 

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

End-point CRR basis

  

PRA transitional basis

  

30 June

31 December

  

30 June

31 December

  

2018 

2017 

  

2018 

2017 

  

£m

£m

  

£m

£m

Shareholders' equity (excluding non-controlling interests)

  

  

  

  

  

Shareholders' equity

47,757 

48,330 

  

47,757 

48,330 

Preference shares - equity

(2,565)

(2,565)

  

(2,565)

(2,565)

Other equity instruments

(4,058)

(4,058)

  

(4,058)

(4,058)

  

41,134 

41,707 

  

41,134 

41,707 

  

  

  

  

  

  

Regulatory adjustments and deductions

  

  

  

  

  

Own credit adjusted

(224)

(90)

  

(224)

(90)

Defined benefit pension fund adjustment

(316)

(287)

  

(316)

(287)

Cash flow hedging reserve

151 

(227)

  

151 

(227)

Deferred tax assets

(746)

(849)

  

(746)

(849)

Prudential valuation adjustments

(608)

(496)

  

(608)

(496)

Goodwill and other intangible assets

(6,570)

(6,543)

  

(6,570)

(6,543)

Expected losses less impairments

(636)

(1,286)

  

(636)

(1,286)

Other regulatory adjustments

(235)

28 

  

(235)

28 

  

(9,184)

(9,750)

  

(9,184)

(9,750)

  

  

  

  

  

  

CET1 capital

31,950 

31,957 

  

31,950 

31,957 

  

  

  

  

  

  

Additional Tier 1 (AT1) capital

  

  

  

  

  

Eligible AT1

4,051 

4,041 

  

4,051 

4,041 

Qualifying instruments and related

  

  

  

  

  

  share premium subject to phase out

  

3,436 

3,416 

Qualifying instruments issued by

  

  

  

  

  

  subsidiaries and held by third parties

  

140 

140 

  

  

  

  

  

  

AT1 capital

4,051 

4,041 

  

7,627 

7,597 

  

  

  

  

  

  

Tier 1 capital

36,001 

35,998 

  

39,577 

39,554 

  

  

  

  

  

  

Qualifying Tier 2 capital

  

  

  

  

  

Qualifying instruments and related share premium

6,368 

6,396 

  

6,450 

6,501 

Qualifying instruments issued by

  

  

  

  

  

  subsidiaries and held by third parties

291 

369 

  

1,654 

1,876 

  

  

  

  

  

  

Tier 2 capital

6,659 

6,765 

  

8,104 

8,377 

  

  

  

  

  

  

Total regulatory capital

42,660 

42,763 

  

47,681 

47,931 

3

 

RBS – Interim Results 2018

 


 

 

 

Appendix 1 Capital and risk management

 

Capital, liquidity and funding risk continued   

Loss absorbing capital  

The following table illustrates the components of estimated loss absorbing capital (LAC) in RBSG plc and operating subsidiaries and includes external issuances only. The table is prepared on a transitional basis, including the benefit of regulatory capital instruments issued from operating companies, to the extent they meet the MREL criteria. Regulatory and LAC values exclude instruments intended to be redeemed as at 30 June 2018. These securities will be derecognised from the balance sheet on the date of redemption.

  

30 June 2018

  

31 December 2017

  

  

Balance

  

  

  

  

Balance

  

  

  

Par

sheet

Regulatory

LAC

  

Par

sheet

Regulatory

LAC

  

value (1)

value

value (2)

value (3)

  

value (1)

value

value (2)

value (3)

  

£bn

£bn

£bn

£bn

  

£bn

£bn

£bn

£bn

CET1 capital (4) 

32.0 

32.0 

32.0 

32.0 

  

32.0 

32.0 

32.0 

32.0 

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

Tier 1 capital: end-point

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

   CRR compliant AT1

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

of which: RBSG (holdco)

4.0 

4.0 

4.0 

4.0 

  

4.0 

4.0 

4.0 

4.0 

  

4.0 

4.0 

4.0 

4.0 

  

4.0 

4.0 

4.0 

4.0 

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

Tier 1 capital: non end-point

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

   CRR compliant

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

of which: holdco

3.6 

3.6 

3.5 

2.6 

  

3.5 

3.6 

3.5 

2.6 

of which: opcos

0.1 

0.1 

0.1 

0.1 

  

0.1 

0.1 

0.1 

0.1 

  

3.7 

3.7 

3.6 

2.7 

  

3.6 

3.7 

3.6 

2.7 

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

Tier 2 capital: end-point

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

    CRR compliant

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

of which: holdco

6.6 

6.4 

6.3 

4.8 

  

6.5 

6.5 

6.4 

4.9 

of which: opcos

0.5 

0.5 

0.4 

0.5 

  

2.3 

2.4 

0.5 

0.5 

  

7.1 

6.9 

6.7 

5.3 

  

8.8 

8.9 

6.9 

5.4 

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

Tier 2 capital: non end-point

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

   CRR compliant

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

of which: holdco

0.3 

0.4 

0.1 

0.1 

  

0.3 

0.4 

0.1 

0.1 

of which: opcos

1.9 

2.2 

1.4 

1.8 

  

2.1 

2.3 

1.5 

2.0 

  

2.2 

2.6 

1.5 

1.9 

  

2.4 

2.7 

1.6 

2.1 

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

Senior unsecured debt

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

    securities issued by:

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

RBSG holdco

14.3 

14.2 

12.8 

  

9.3 

9.2 

8.3 

RBSG opcos

15.6 

15.9 

  

14.4 

14.7 

  

29.9 

30.1 

12.8 

  

23.7 

23.9 

8.3 

Total

78.9 

79.3 

47.8 

58.7 

  

74.5 

75.2 

48.1 

54.5 

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

RWAs

  

  

  

198.8 

  

  

  

  

200.9 

Leverage exposure

  

  

  

693.3 

  

  

  

  

679.1 

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

LAC as a ratio of RWAs (4) 

  

  

  

29.6%

  

  

  

  

27.1%

LAC as a ratio of leverage exposure

  

  

8.5%

  

  

  

  

8.0%

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

 

Notes:

(1)

Par value reflects the nominal value of securities issued.

(2)

Regulatory capital instruments issued from operating companies are included in the transitional LAC calculation, to the extent they meet the MREL criteria.

(3)

LAC value reflects RBS’s interpretation of the Bank of England’s policy statement on the minimum requirements for own funds and eligible liabilities (MREL), published in November 2016. MREL policy and requirements remain subject to further potential development, as such RBS estimated position remains subject to potential change. Liabilities excluded from LAC include instruments with less than one year remaining to maturity, structured debt, operating company senior debt, and other instruments that do not meet the MREL criteria. Includes Tier 1 and Tier 2 securities prior to incentive to redeem.

(4)

Corresponding shareholders’ equity was £47.8 billion (31 December 2017 - £48.3 billion).

(5)

Regulatory amounts reported for AT1, Tier 1 and Tier 2 instruments are before grandfathering and other restrictions imposed by CRR.

4

 

RBS – Interim Results 2018

 


 

 

Appendix 1 Capital and risk management

 

Capital, liquidity and funding risk continued 

Funding sources (Within the scope of EY’s review report)

The table below shows the carrying values of the principal funding sources, based on contractual maturity.

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

30 June 2018

  

31 December 2017

  

Short-term 

Long-term 

  

  

Short-term 

Long-term 

  

  

less than 

more than 

Total 

  

less than 

more than 

Total 

1 year 

1 year 

1 year 

1 year 

  

£m 

£m 

£m 

  

£m 

£m 

£m 

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

Deposits by banks

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

 Derivative cash collateral

12,420 

12,420 

  

12,404 

12,404 

 Other deposits

6,760 

20,879 

27,639 

  

7,480 

19,595 

27,075 

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

19,180 

20,879 

40,059 

  

19,884 

19,595 

39,479 

Debt securities in issue

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

 Certificates of deposit

2,563 

309 

2,872 

  

4,637 

4,637 

 Medium-term notes

2,914 

24,260 

27,174 

  

2,316 

16,902 

19,218 

 Covered bonds

5,388 

5,392 

  

987 

5,321 

6,308 

 Securitisations  

1,285 

1,285 

  

396 

396 

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

5,481 

31,242 

36,723 

  

7,940 

22,619 

30,559 

Subordinated liabilities

547 

10,055 

10,602 

  

2,383 

10,339 

12,722 

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

Notes issued

6,028 

41,297 

47,325 

  

10,323 

32,958 

43,281 

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

Wholesale funding

25,208 

62,176 

87,384 

  

30,207 

52,553 

82,760 

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

Customer deposits

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

 Derivative cash collateral (1) 

9,926 

9,926 

  

10,279 

10,279 

 Financial institution deposits

48,258 

536 

48,794 

  

52,284 

1,091 

53,375 

 Personal deposits

174,907 

1,672 

176,579 

  

173,314 

1,497 

174,811 

 Corporate deposits

130,610 

432 

131,042 

  

127,708 

861 

128,569 

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

Total customer deposits

363,701 

2,640 

366,341 

  

363,585 

3,449 

367,034 

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

Total funding excluding repos

388,909 

64,816 

453,725 

  

393,792 

56,002 

449,794 

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

Total repos

43,768 

342 

44,110 

  

38,421 

38,421 

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

Total funding including repos

432,677 

65,158 

497,835 

  

432,213 

56,002 

488,215 

 

Note:

(1)

Cash collateral includes £8,659 million (31 December 2017 - £9,113 million) from financial institutions.

 

 

 

 

 

 

h

5

 

RBS – Interim Results 2018

 


 

 

 

Appendix 1 Capital and risk management

 

Capital, liquidity and funding risk continued   

Liquidity portfolio (Within the scope of EY’s review report)

The table below shows the liquidity portfolio by product, liquidity value and by carrying value.

 

  

Liquidity value

  

2018 

  

2017 

  

30 June

  

Average

  

31 December

  

Average

UK

  

  

  

UK

  

  

UK

  

  

  

UK

  

DoL-

  

  

  

DoL-

  

  

DoL-

  

  

  

DoL-

  

Sub (1)

Other

Total

  

Sub (1) 

Total

  

Sub (1)

Other

Total

  

Sub (1)

Total

  

£m

£m

£m

  

£m

£m

  

£m

£m

£m

  

£m

£m

Cash and balances at central banks

91,542 

6,511 

98,053 

  

84,450 

86,811 

  

91,377 

2,280 

93,657 

  

76,386 

79,425 

Central and local government bonds

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  AAA rated governments

4,064 

1,696 

5,760 

  

3,101 

4,236 

  

2,760 

1,184 

3,944 

  

4,074 

5,049 

  AA- to AA+ rated governments

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

    and US agencies

27,378 

1,598 

28,976 

  

23,584 

25,763 

  

24,084 

2,149 

26,233 

  

20,849 

22,717 

  

31,442 

3,294 

34,736 

  

26,685 

29,999 

  

26,844 

3,333 

30,177 

  

24,923 

27,766 

Primary liquidity

122,984 

9,805 

132,789 

  

111,135 

116,810 

  

118,221 

5,613 

123,834 

  

101,309 

107,191 

Secondary liquidity (2)

65,321 

33 

65,354 

  

62,008 

62,224 

  

62,144 

411 

62,555 

  

61,577 

62,114 

Total liquidity value

188,305 

9,838 

198,143 

  

173,143 

179,034 

  

180,365 

6,024 

186,389 

  

162,886 

169,305 

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

Total carrying value

214,114 

9,961 

224,106 

  

  

  

  

203,733 

6,159 

209,892 

  

  

  

                                       

 

Notes:

(1)

The PRA regulated UK DoLSub comprising RBS’s following licensed deposit-taking UK banks: National Westminster Bank Plc, The Royal Bank of Scotland plc (formerly Adam & Company PLC, renamed in Q2 2018),  Ulster Bank Limited, Coutts & Company and NatWest Markets Plc (formerly RBS plc, renamed in Q2 2018). In addition, certain of RBS’s significant operating subsidiaries - Ulster Bank Ireland DAC and NatWest Markets N.V. (formerly RBS N.V., renamed in Q2 2018) - hold managed portfolios that comply with local regulations that may differ from PRA rules. NatWest Markets Plc continues to remain part of the UK DoLSub at 30 June 2018, however will cease to be a part of the UK DoLSub by November 2018, subject to regulatory authority.

(2)

Liquidity value is lower than carrying value as it is stated after discounts applied by the Bank of England and other central banks to instruments, primarily within the secondary liquidity portfolio.

 

6

 

RBS – Interim Results 2018

 


 

 

Appendix 1 Capital and risk management

 

Credit risk

In this section the disclosures have been separated into two sub-sections – one on banking activities and one on trading activities. Previously, disclosures were focused on the total credit risk portfolio without delineating between banking and trading. This change reflects the introduction of a new credit impairment framework as well as the implementation of ring-fencing.

 

Banking activities

Key developments

Overall credit quality remained stable during the first half of 2018. This reflected both resilient market conditions and ongoing management oversight.

New lending in the UK Personal portfolio was marginally lower in H1 2018. This reflected competitive market conditions and RBS’s relative pricing position. Underwriting standards continue to be constantly monitored to ensure they remain adequate and within risk appetite.

IFRS 9 Financial instruments, which covers credit provisions, was implemented with effect from 1 January 2018. In line with expectations, the new accounting standard resulted in an overall increase in provisions compared with the previous accounting standard IAS 39.

The impairment charge for the first half of the year was £141 million. This represented a loss rate of eight basis points on financial assets excluding central banks (nine basis points on loans and six basis points including central banks), and compares to the H1 2017 charge of £116 million (seven basis points) under the IAS 39 impairment standard, remaining well below long-run normalised loss rates. There was a £147 million (18 basis points) charge in UK PBB, where the flow of defaults remained broadly stable. In Commercial Banking there was a charge of £18 million (four basis points), which reflected continued stable portfolio performance. There was a provision release of £26 million in Ulster Bank RoI driven by improvements in both the economy and the economic outlook. There was a small charge in NatWest Markets (£4 million) and a small release in RBSI (£3 million).

Total expected credit loss (ECL) provisions reduced from £4.4 billion on transition to IFRS 9 to £4.0 billion at 30 June 2018, largely driven by write-offs, repayments and cures, and also debt sales in UK PBB. Within performing exposures, Stage 1 ECL reduced slightly from £262 million to £247 million, and Stage 2 increased slightly from £621 million to £647 million. This reflected refinements to the methodology for multiple economic scenarios, as well as increased ECL arising from refinements to the criteria used to identify credit deterioration. In Stage 3, the ECL provision reduced from £3.6 billion to £3.1 billion reflecting lower financial assets which reduced from £11.3 billion to £9.7 billion.

Provision coverage (ECL to exposure) on financial assets excluding balances at central banks was 1.1% overall (1.2% when FVOCI is excluded, and 0.8% including balances at central banks). Coverage by stages were: Stage 1 – 0.1% (transition 0.1%); Stage 2 – 2.6% (transition 2.3%); and Stage 3 – 31.8% (transition 31.6%).

 

7

 

RBS – Interim Results 2018

 


 

 

Appendix 1 Capital and risk management

 

Credit risk: Banking activities continued 

Introduction

This sub-section covers the credit risk profile of RBS’s banking activities. As these activities are mainly within the scope of IFRS 9’s ECL framework, comparatives are generally presented for 1 January 2018 (the effective date of IFRS 9 implementation). The exceptions to this are the Personal lending and Commercial real estate (CRE) sections for which 31 December 2017 comparatives are shown.

 

Refer to Note 2 and Appendix 2 for the key differences in moving from IAS 39 to the IFRS 9 credit loss measurement framework, as well as revisions to accounting policies, critical judgements relating to impairment loss determination and key IFRS 9 terms including key differences from the IAS 39 accounting and regulatory framework.

 

Banking activities also include a small number of exposures carried at fair value. Some of these are included in mortgage and CRE disclosures, reflecting portfolio credit risk management. In addition, there was a legacy lender-option/borrower-option (LOBO) portfolio of £1.9 billion at 30 June 2018 (1 January 2018 – £2.0 billion).

 

Financial instruments within the scope of the IFRS 9 ECL framework (Within the scope of EY’s review report)

Refer to Note 7 for balance sheet analysis of financial assets that are classified as amortised cost (AC) or fair value through other comprehensive income (FVOCI), the starting point for IFRS 9 ECL framework assessment.

 

Financial assets at 30 June 2018:

Of £484.1 billion gross of ECL (£480.1 billion net), £471.1 billion or 97% was within the scope of the IFRS 9 ECL framework. Those assets outside the framework were as follows:

 

Settlement balances, items in the course of collection and cash balances of £10.8 billion were assessed as having no ECL unless there was evidence that they were credit impaired.

Equity shares – £0.5 billion as not within the IFRS ECL framework by definition.

Fair value adjustments on loans hedged by interest rate swaps where the underlying loan was within the IFRS 9 ECL scope – £0.9 billion.

RBS-originated securitisations where ECL was captured on the underlying loans – £0.4 billion.

Debt securities – £0.4 billion as they were not considered within the scope of credit risk.

 

Contingent liabilities and commitments at 30 June 2018: In addition to £132.1 billion – as disclosed in Note 9 – reputationally committed limits are also included in the scope of the IFRS 9 ECL framework. These are offset by £3.9 billion out of scope  balances primarily related to facilities that, if drawn, would not be classified as AC or FVOCI.

8

 

RBS – Interim Results 2018

 


 

 

Appendix 1 Capital and risk management

 

Credit risk: Banking activities continued 

Total IFRS 9 Credit exposure by sector, stage and asset quality: Portfolio summary (Within the scope of EY’s review report)

The table below summarises total exposure gross of ECL, financial assets and off-balance sheet, by sector, stage and asset quality, within the scope of the IFRS 9 ECL framework. Financial assets include loans, debt securities and other financial assets.

  

Financial assets

Off-balance sheet

Total

Total IFRS 9 credit risk exposure by stage

Asset quality

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

IFRS 9

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

Loan

Financial

  

credit risk

  

Stage 2 (3) 

  

  

  

  

  

ECL

  

AC(1) 

FVOCI(2) 

Total

commitments

guarantee

Total

exposure

Stage 1

≤30 DPD

>30 DPD

Total

Stage 3

AQ1-AQ4

AQ5-AQ8

AQ9

AQ10

provisions

30 June 2018

£m

£m

£m

£m

£m

£m

£m

£m

£m

£m

£m

£m

£m

£m

£m

£m

£m

Personal

178,604 

178,604 

40,640 

61 

40,701 

219,305 

195,897 

16,572 

753 

17,325 

6,083 

137,279 

74,485 

1,458 

6,083 

2,193 

 UK mortgages

146,719 

146,719 

12,771 

12,771 

159,490 

147,804 

9,671 

497 

10,168 

1,518 

121,630 

35,950 

392 

1,518 

218 

 RoI mortgages (4) 

15,292 

15,292 

298 

298 

15,590 

10,775 

1,418 

129 

1,547 

3,268 

4,241 

7,439 

642 

3,268 

919 

 Other mortgages (5) 

1,835 

1,835 

122 

122 

1,957 

1,868 

26 

25 

51 

38 

599 

1,318 

38 

 Credit cards (6) 

4,210 

4,210 

16,891 

16,891 

21,101 

18,300 

2,385 

18 

2,403 

398 

228 

20,394 

81 

398 

234 

 Other personal

10,548 

10,548 

10,558 

61 

10,619 

21,167 

17,150 

3,072 

84 

3,156 

861 

10,581 

9,384 

341 

861 

820 

Wholesale

247,339 

45,160 

292,499 

103,248 

9,079 

112,327 

404,826 

387,055 

13,165 

455 

13,620 

4,151 

307,400 

92,538 

737 

4,151 

1,784 

 Property 

38,335 

38,335 

14,477 

778 

15,255 

53,590 

49,935 

1,825 

46 

1,871 

1,784 

29,077 

22,596 

133 

1,784 

610 

 Corporate 

69,604 

270 

69,874 

51,783 

3,995 

55,778 

125,652 

113,328 

9,745 

340 

10,085 

2,239 

58,234 

64,578 

601 

2,239 

1,047 

 Financial institutions

26,898 

5,233 

32,131 

23,376 

4,305 

27,681 

59,812 

58,108 

1,578 

1,580 

124 

55,146 

4,539 

124 

123 

 Sovereign 

112,502 

39,657 

152,159 

13,612 

13,613 

165,772 

165,684 

17 

67 

84 

164,943 

825 

Total

425,943 

45,160 

471,103 

143,888 

9,140 

153,028 

624,131 

582,952 

29,737 

1,208 

30,945 

10,234 

444,679 

167,023 

2,195 

10,234 

3,977 

of which:

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

 UK 

350,555 

19,266 

369,821 

91,461 

3,215 

94,676 

464,497 

433,602 

24,948 

1,044 

25,992 

4,903 

311,580 

146,615 

1,399 

4,903 

2,449 

 Western Europe

63,231 

12,065 

75,296 

36,465 

5,012 

41,477 

116,773 

108,831 

3,546 

146 

3,692 

4,250 

95,222 

16,436 

865 

4,250 

1,234 

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

For the notes to this table refer to page 10.

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

 

Key points

Total financial assets increased by £2.3 billion. This was mainly in the Personal portfolio (£1.4 billion) of which £0.7 billion was in UK PBB – refer to the Personal portfolio section for more details. Measured against RBS’s asset quality scale, as at 30 June 2018, 71% of financial assets were rated in the AQ1-AQ4 bands, equating to an indicative investment grade rating of BBB- or above. Across the Personal lending exposure, 63% was in the AQ1-AQ4 category.

In Personal portfolios, ECL reduced from £2.3 billion to £2.2 billion. This was mainly due to the sale of unsecured debt and business-as-usual write-offs in UK PBB. The Ulster Bank RoI mortgage portfolio benefitted from improvements in both the economy as well as the economic outlook

Total forbearance outflows were higher than inflows of £0.5 billion, reducing total mortgage forbearance from £5.3 billion to £5.1 billion. The Ulster Bank RoI inflow increase reflected a change in forbearance policy in Q3 2017.

In the Wholesale portfolios, ECL reduced from £2.1 billion to £1.8 billion. This was primarily due to the write-off of two large corporate exposures accounting for £140 million. Exposure for cases with Risk of Credit Loss (RoCL) status amounted to £665 million at 30 June 2018 (31 December 2017 – £668 million). A number of large cases have improved and hence are no longer within RoCL. These were offset by a single name exposure (£140 million) entering RoCL and the usual flows in and out.

Wholesale sovereign loan commitments includes £10.2 billion of overnight money market placements of surplus liquidity with central banks. There is no ECL attached to these commitments.

 

 

9

 

RBS – Interim Results 2018

 


 

 

 

Appendix 1 Capital and risk management

 

Credit risk: Banking activities continued   

Total IFRS 9 Credit exposure by sector, stage and asset quality: Portfolio summary continued (Within the scope of EY’s review report)

 

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

Total IFRS 9 credit risk exposure by stage

  

  

  

  

Total

  

  

  

Stage 2 (3)

  

  

  

  

  

credit

  

  

  

≤30

>30

  

  

  

ECL

  

  

exposure

  

Stage 1

  

 DPD 

 DPD 

Total

Stage 3

  

provisions

1 January 2018

£m

  

£m

  

£m

£m

£m

£m

  

£m

Personal

  

177,196 

  

155,843 

  

14,460 

625 

15,085 

6,268 

  

2,316 

 UK mortgages

  

146,556 

  

134,350 

  

10,119 

431 

10,550 

1,656 

  

262 

 RoI mortgages

  

15,549 

  

10,674 

  

1,351 

127 

1,478 

3,397 

  

961 

 Credit cards

  

4,247 

  

3,097 

  

999 

11 

1,010 

140 

  

222 

 Other personal (5) 

  

10,844 

  

7,722 

  

1,991 

56 

2,047 

1,075 

  

871 

Wholesale

  

194,988 

  

178,086 

  

11,500 

387 

11,887 

5,015 

  

2,131 

 Property 

  

37,877 

  

33,884 

  

1,942 

87 

2,029 

1,964 

  

685 

 Corporate 

  

73,667 

  

62,253 

  

8,224 

245 

8,469 

2,945 

  

1,325 

 Financial institutions

  

34,064 

  

32,923 

  

981 

55 

1,036 

105 

  

115 

 Sovereign 

  

49,380 

  

49,026 

  

353 

353 

  

Total financial assets excluding balances at central banks

  

372,184 

  

333,929 

  

25,960 

1,012 

26,972 

11,283 

  

4,447 

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

Balances at central banks

  

96,571 

  

96,566 

  

  

Total financial assets

  

468,755 

  

430,495 

  

25,965 

1,012 

26,977 

11,283 

  

4,448 

Total contingent liabilities and commitments

  

146,710 

  

139,550 

  

6,388 

113 

6,501 

749 

  

  

Total exposure

  

615,465 

  

570,045 

  

32,353 

1,125 

33,478 

12,032 

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

Financial assets - Asset quality

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

AQ1-AQ4

  

  

  

223,789 

  

6,883 

101 

6,984 

  

  

AQ5-AQ8

  

  

  

109,962 

  

17,449 

660 

18,109 

743 

  

  

AQ9

  

  

  

178 

  

1,628 

251 

1,879 

855 

  

  

AQ10

  

  

  

  

9,685 

  

  

                         

 

Notes:

(1)

Amortised cost.

(2)

Fair value through other comprehensive income.

(3)

30 DPD: 30 days past due, the mandatory 30 days past due backstop as prescribed by the IFRS 9 guidance for significant increase in credit risk.

(4)

At June 2018, RoI Mortgages - AQ10 includes £0.7 billion of exposures which are not currently considered defaulted for capital calculation purposes for RoI but are included in stage 3.

(5)

At 1 January 2018, mortgages other than UK and RoI were reported within Other personal but at 30 June 2018 they are reported separately.

(6)

Personal credit cards - Stage 3 credit risk total exposure of £398 million includes £277 million of undrawn loan commitments, the drawdown of which is effectively prohibited. The drawn balance of £121 million is more representative of actual Stage 3 total exposure.

 

10

 

RBS – Interim Results 2018

 


 

 

Appendix 1 Capital and risk management

 

Credit risk: Banking activities continued 

Segmental exposure and impairment metrics (Within the scope of EY’s review report)

 

  

Financial assets

  

ECL provisions

  

  

Stage 2

  

  

  

  

Stage 2

  

  

  

Stage 1

≤30 DPD

>30 DPD

Total

Stage 3

Total

  

Stage 1

≤30 DPD

>30 DPD

Total

Stage 3

Total

30 June 2018

£m

£m

£m

£m

£m

£m

  

£m

£m

£m

£m

£m

£m

UK PBB

146,542 

13,647 

586 

14,233 

2,521 

163,296 

  

137 

359 

36 

395 

945 

1,477 

Personal

133,806 

12,430 

554 

12,984 

2,154 

148,944 

  

107 

318 

33 

351 

713 

1,171 

Wholesale

12,736 

1,217 

32 

1,249 

367 

14,352 

  

30 

41 

44 

232 

306 

Ulster Bank RoI

19,680 

2,295 

144 

2,439 

3,492 

25,611 

  

27 

85 

14 

99 

992 

1,118 

Personal

10,692 

1,560 

129 

1,689 

3,299 

15,680 

  

10 

53 

13 

66 

876 

952 

Wholesale

8,988 

735 

15 

750 

193 

9,931 

  

17 

32 

33 

116 

166 

Commercial Banking

79,710 

6,262 

277 

6,539 

3,017 

89,266 

  

47 

91 

94 

946 

1,087 

Personal

296 

80 

80 

21 

397 

  

Wholesale

79,414 

6,182 

277 

6,459 

2,996 

88,869 

  

47 

90 

93 

940 

1,080 

Private Banking

13,365 

146 

159 

305 

241 

13,911 

  

19 

30 

57 

Personal

10,313 

77 

46 

123 

210 

10,646 

  

12 

26 

40 

Wholesale

3,052 

69 

113 

182 

31 

3,265 

  

17 

RBS International

12,675 

166 

175 

104 

12,954 

  

21 

31 

NatWest Markets

9,584 

775 

775 

329 

10,688 

  

45 

45 

149 

202 

Central items and other

54,025 

54,025 

  

Total financial assets excluding

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

   balances at central banks

335,581 

23,291 

1,175 

24,466 

9,704 

369,751 

  

245 

588 

59 

647 

3,083 

3,975 

Personal

157,929 

14,155 

738 

14,893 

5,782 

178,604 

  

132 

376 

47 

423 

1,638 

2,193 

Wholesale

177,652 

9,136 

437 

9,573 

3,922 

191,147 

  

113 

212 

12 

224 

1,445 

1,782 

Balances at central banks

101,352 

101,352 

  

Total financial assets

436,933 

23,291 

1,175 

24,466 

9,704 

471,103 

  

247 

588 

59 

647 

3,083 

3,977 

1 January 2018

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

UK PBB

145,650 

14,490 

3,202 

163,342 

  

144 

352 

1,110 

1,606 

Ulster Bank RoI

19,055 

2,347 

3,669 

25,071 

  

29 

106 

1,054 

1,189 

Commercial Banking

84,393 

8,490 

3,468 

96,351 

  

58 

106 

1,156 

1,320 

Private Banking

12,755 

333 

324 

13,412 

  

18 

27 

54 

RBS International

7,791 

307 

119 

8,217 

  

28 

38 

NatWest Markets

11,762 

995 

501 

13,258 

  

42 

190 

234 

Central items and other

52,523 

10 

52,533 

  

Total financial assets excluding

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

 balances at central banks

333,929 

26,972 

11,283 

372,184 

  

261 

621 

3,565 

4,447 

Balances at central banks

96,566 

96,571 

  

Total financial assets

430,495 

26,977 

11,283 

468,755 

  

262 

621 

3,565 

4,448 

                                   

 

Key points

ECL in UK PBB reduced from £1.6 billion to £1.5 billion. This was primarily due to the sale of unsecured debt and the ongoing flow of business-as-usual write-offs. Wholesale exposures in UK PBB related to the business banking portfolio and also lending in the RBS England & Wales and NatWest Scotland commercial business.  

ECL in Commercial Banking reduced from £1.3 billion to £1.1 billion. This was primarily due to write-offs which were partly offset by a small amount of net impairment charges.

11

 

RBS – Interim Results 2018

 


 

 

Appendix 1 Capital and risk management

 

Credit risk: Banking activities continued 

Segmental exposure and impairment metrics (Within the scope of EY’s review report)

  

ECL provision coverage

  

ECL

  

  

Stage 2

  

  

  

Total

  

Amounts

30 June 2018

Stage 1

≤30 DPD

>30 DPD

  

Total

Stage 3

Total

  

charge

Loss rate

written-off

%

%

%

  

%

%

%

  

£m

Basis points

£m

UK PBB

0.09 

2.63 

6.14 

  

2.78 

37.49 

0.90 

  

147 

18 

(243)

Personal

0.08 

2.56 

5.96 

  

2.70 

33.10 

0.79 

  

124 

17 

(202)

Wholesale

0.24 

3.37 

9.38 

  

3.52 

63.22 

2.13 

  

23 

32 

(41)

Ulster Bank RoI

0.14 

3.70 

9.72 

  

4.06 

28.41 

4.37 

  

(26)

(20)

(29)

Personal

0.09 

3.40 

10.08 

  

3.91 

26.55 

6.07 

  

(22)

(28)

(10)

Wholesale

0.19 

4.35 

6.67 

  

4.40 

60.10 

1.67 

  

(4)

(8)

(19)

Commercial Banking

0.06 

1.45 

1.08 

  

1.44 

31.36 

1.22 

  

18 

(242)

Personal

1.25 

  

1.25 

28.57 

1.76 

  

Wholesale

0.06 

1.46 

1.08 

  

1.44 

31.38 

1.22 

  

18 

(242)

Private Banking

0.14 

2.05 

3.14 

  

2.62 

12.45 

0.41 

  

Personal

0.12 

1.30 

2.17 

  

1.63 

12.38 

0.38 

  

Wholesale

0.23 

2.90 

3.54 

  

3.30 

12.90 

0.52 

  

RBS International

0.03 

3.01 

11.11 

  

3.43 

20.19 

0.24 

  

(3)

(5)

(5)

NatWest Markets

0.08 

5.81 

  

5.81 

45.29 

1.89 

  

(30)

Central items

0.01 

  

0.01 

  

Total financial assets

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  excluding balances at

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

    central banks

0.07 

2.52 

5.02 

  

2.64 

31.77 

1.08 

  

141 

(549)

Personal

0.08 

2.66 

6.37 

  

2.84 

28.33 

1.23 

  

101 

11 

(209)

Wholesale

0.06 

2.32 

2.75 

  

2.34 

36.84 

0.93 

  

40 

(340)

Total financial assets

0.06 

2.52 

5.02 

  

2.64 

31.77 

0.84 

  

141 

(549)

12

 

RBS – Interim Results 2018

 


 

 

Appendix 1 Capital and risk management

 

Credit risk: Banking activities continued 

Sector exposure and impairment metrics (Within the scope of EY’s review report)

The tables below summarise financial assets and off-balance sheet exposures gross of ECL and related impairment provision and impairment coverage ratio by sector.

  

Financial assets

  

ECL provisions (2) 

  

  

Stage 2 (1) 

  

  

  

  

Stage 2 (1)

  

  

30 June 2018

Stage 1

≤30 DPD

>30 DPD

Total

Stage 3

Total

  

Stage 1

≤30 DPD

>30 DPD

Total

Stage 3

Total

£m

£m

£m

£m

£m

£m

  

£m

£m

£m

£m

£m

£m

Personal

157,929 

14,155 

738 

14,893 

5,782 

178,604 

  

132 

376 

47 

423 

1,638 

2,193 

  - UK mortgages

135,209 

9,509 

494 

10,003 

1,507 

146,719 

  

58 

67 

143 

218 

  - RoI mortgages

10,477 

1,418 

129 

1,547 

3,268 

15,292 

  

44 

12 

56 

854 

919 

  - Other mortgages

1,748 

24 

25 

49 

38 

1,835 

  

  - Credit cards

2,861 

1,211 

17 

1,228 

121 

4,210 

  

48 

102 

108 

78 

234 

  - Other

7,634 

1,993 

73 

2,066 

848 

10,548 

  

66 

172 

20 

192 

562 

820 

Wholesale

132,500 

9,131 

437 

9,568 

3,919 

145,987 

  

112 

211 

12 

223 

1,442 

1,777 

  - Property

35,102 

1,522 

44 

1,566 

1,667 

38,335 

  

27 

30 

32 

551 

610 

  - Corporate

60,355 

6,794 

326 

7,120 

2,129 

69,604 

  

71 

146 

10 

156 

820 

1,047 

  - Financial institutions

25,980 

799 

799 

119 

26,898 

  

13 

35 

35 

71 

119 

  - Other

11,063 

16 

67 

83 

11,150 

  

Total amortised cost assets  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  excluding balances at

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

    central banks

290,429 

23,286 

1,175 

24,461 

9,701 

324,591 

  

244 

587 

59 

646 

3,080 

3,970 

Balances at central banks

101,352 

101,352 

  

Total amortised cost assets

391,781 

23,286 

1,175 

24,461 

9,701 

425,943 

  

246 

587 

59 

646 

3,080 

3,972 

Total FVOCI

45,152 

45,160 

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

Total financial assets

436,933 

23,291 

1,175 

24,466 

9,704 

471,103 

  

247 

588 

59 

647 

3,083 

3,977 

Contingent liabilities

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  and commitments

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

Personal

37,968 

2,417 

14 

2,431 

302 

40,701 

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

Wholesale

108,051 

4,029 

19 

4,048 

228 

112,327 

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

Total contingent liabilities

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  and commitments

146,019 

6,446 

33 

6,479 

530 

153,028 

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

Total credit risk exposure

582,952 

29,737 

1,208 

30,945 

10,234 

624,131 

  

247 

588 

59 

647 

3,083 

3,977 

                                     

 

1 January 2018

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

Personal

155,843 

14,460 

625 

15,085 

6,268 

177,196 

  

135 

367 

30 

397 

1,784 

2,316 

  - UK mortgages

134,350 

10,119 

431 

10,550 

1,656 

146,556 

  

12 

57 

64 

186 

262 

  - RoI mortgages

10,674 

1,351 

127 

1,478 

3,397 

15,549 

  

60 

69 

884 

961 

  - Credit cards

3,097 

999 

11 

1,010 

140 

4,247 

  

53 

91 

94 

75 

222 

  - Other unsecured

7,722 

1,991 

56 

2,047 

1,075 

10,844 

  

62 

159 

11 

170 

639 

871 

Wholesale

178,086 

11,500 

387 

11,887 

5,015 

194,988 

  

126 

216 

224 

1,781 

2,131 

  - Property

33,884 

1,942 

87 

2,029 

1,964 

37,877 

  

25 

22 

23 

637 

685 

  - Corporate

62,253 

8,224 

245 

8,469 

2,945 

73,667 

  

87 

156 

163 

1,075 

1,325 

  - Financial institutions

32,923 

981 

55 

1,036 

105 

34,064 

  

11 

35 

35 

69 

115 

  - Sovereign

49,026 

353 

353 

49,380 

  

Total excluding

333,929 

25,960 

1,012 

26,972 

11,283 

372,184 

  

261 

583 

38 

621 

3,565 

4,447 

  balances at central banks

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

Balances at central banks

96,566 

96,571 

  

Total financial assets

430,495 

25,965 

1,012 

26,977 

11,283 

468,755 

  

262 

583 

38 

621 

3,565 

4,448 

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

Contingent liabilities and commitments

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

Personal

36,502 

2,133 

12 

2,145 

294 

38,941 

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

Wholesale

103,048 

4,255 

101 

4,356 

455 

107,859 

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

Total contingent liabilities

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  and commitments

139,550 

6,388 

113 

6,501 

749 

146,800 

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

For the notes to this table refer to page 14.

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

                                 

13

 

RBS – Interim Results 2018

 


 

 

Appendix 1 Capital and risk management

Credit risk: Banking activities continued 

Sector exposure and impairment metrics continued (Within the scope of EY’s review report)

  

ECL provisions coverage

  

  

Stage 2 (1)

  

  

  

12-month PD (3,4)

  

Stage 1

≤30 DPD

>30 DPD

Total

Stage 3

Total

  

IFRS 9

Basel

30 June 2018

%

%

%

%

%

%

  

%

%

Personal

0.08 

2.66 

6.37 

2.84 

28.33 

1.23 

  

0.52 

0.91 

  - UK mortgages

0.01 

0.61 

1.82 

0.67 

9.49 

0.15 

  

0.25 

0.54 

  - RoI mortgages

0.09 

3.10 

9.30 

3.62 

26.13 

6.01 

  

1.36 

2.25 

  - Other mortgages

0.06 

2.63 

0.11 

  

0.08 

1.40 

  - Credit cards

1.68 

8.42 

35.29 

8.79 

64.46 

5.56 

  

4.01 

3.70 

  - Other

0.86 

8.63 

27.40 

9.29 

66.27 

7.77 

  

2.21 

3.53 

Wholesale

0.08 

2.31 

2.75 

2.33 

36.80 

1.22 

  

0.42 

1.04 

  - Property

0.08 

1.97 

4.55 

2.04 

33.05 

1.59 

  

0.43 

0.97 

  - Corporate

0.12 

2.15 

3.07 

2.19 

38.52 

1.50 

  

0.61 

1.53 

  - Financial institutions

0.05 

4.38 

4.38 

59.66 

0.44 

  

0.08 

0.29 

  - Other

0.01 

0.01 

  

0.01 

0.04 

Total amortised cost assets

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

   excluding balances at central banks

0.08 

2.52 

5.02 

2.64 

31.75 

1.22 

  

Balances at central banks

  

0.01 

Total amortised cost assets

0.06 

2.52 

5.02 

2.64 

31.75 

0.93 

  

Total FVOCI

20.00 

20.00 

100.00 

0.01 

  

0.03 

Total financial assets

0.06 

2.52 

5.02 

2.64 

31.77 

0.84 

  

1 January 2018

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

Personal

0.09 

2.54 

4.80 

2.63 

28.46 

1.31 

  

0.60 

0.90 

  - UK mortgages

0.01 

0.56 

1.62 

0.61 

11.23 

0.18 

  

0.40 

0.50 

  - RoI mortgages

0.07 

4.44 

7.09 

4.67 

26.02 

6.18 

  

1.50 

2.60 

  - Credit cards

1.71 

9.11 

27.27 

9.31 

53.57 

5.23 

  

3.80 

3.70 

  - Other unsecured

0.80 

7.99 

19.64 

8.30 

59.44 

8.03 

  

2.20 

2.80 

Wholesale

0.07 

1.88 

2.07 

1.88 

35.51 

1.09 

  

0.30 

0.80 

  - Property

0.07 

1.13 

1.15 

1.13 

32.43 

1.81 

  

0.40 

1.00 

  - Corporate

0.14 

1.90 

2.86 

1.92 

36.50 

1.80 

  

0.60 

1.50 

  - Financial institutions

0.03 

3.57 

3.38 

65.71 

0.34 

  

0.10 

0.50 

  - Sovereign

0.01 

0.85 

0.85 

0.01 

  

  

  

Total financial assets

0.06 

2.25 

3.75 

2.30 

31.60 

0.95 

  

  

  

Notes:

(1)

30 DPD: 30 days past due, the mandatory 30 days past due backstop as prescribed by IFRS 9 guidance for significant increase in credit risk.

(2)

ECL provision on Contingent liabilities and commitments are included within the Financial assets section so as not to distort ECL coverage ratios. ECL on contingent liabilities and commitments were:  £65 million (Stage 1 – Personal £5 million and Wholesale £7 million; Stage 2 – Personal £17 million and Wholesale £23 million; Stage 3 – Wholesale £13 million).

 

(3)

Both IFRS 9 12 month and regulatory Basel 12 month average PDs relate to Stage 1 and Stage 2 assets under IFRS. Undrawn exposures are excluded in both PD bases.

(4)

Not within the scope of EY’s review report.

       

 

Key points

In the Personal portfolio, ECL on Stage 3 assets reduced from £1.8 billion to £1.6 billion. This decrease was primarily due to debt sales and ongoing business-as-usual write-offs in UK PBB with the Ulster Bank RoI mortgage portfolio benefiting from improvements in both the economy and economic outlook.

ECL coverage reduced slightly on UK mortgages, including the effect of write-offs and modelling refinements.

 

The increased coverage ratio on credit cards reflected ongoing model refinements. Refinements to the criteria for identifying a significant credit risk increase were also responsible for driving the increase in the value of exposures in Stage 2.

In the Wholesale portfolio, ECL on Stage 3 assets reduced from £1.8 billion to £1.4 billion. This was primarily due to write-offs, partly offset by a small amount of net impairment charges.

Sovereign exposures increased by £7.9 billion reflecting higher liquidity buffer in Treasury from debt issuance and other proceeds.

ECL coverage on the Wholesale portfolios increased from 1.09% to 1.22%. This resulted from coverage increases across all stages in the corporate sector.

Basel PDs are generally higher for Personal portfolios reflecting an element of built-in conservatism to comply with regulatory requirements. In contrast, the IFRS 9 PDs are unbiased forward-looking estimates. Forward-looking information does not have much impact on most portfolios except for the credit card portfolio which brought 12-month PD much closer to Basel PD.  

Wholesale Basel PD models are largely through the cycle in nature whereas IFRS 9 requires point-in-time estimates. Given the current low default environment and relatively benign outlook, Basel PDs are considerably higher than IFRS 9 PDs over the same projection horizon.

 

14

 

RBS – Interim Results 2018

 


 

 

Appendix 1 Capital and risk management

 

Credit risk: Banking activities continued 

Personal portfolio

Disclosures in the Personal portfolio section include drawn exposure (gross of provisions). Loan-to-value (LTV) ratios are split by stage under IFRS 9 at 30 June 2018 and by performing and non-performing status under IAS 39 at 31 December 2017. Weighted average LTVs are separated into owner-occupied and buy-to-let categories.

 

  

As of, and for, the six months ended

  

As of, and for, the year ended

 

  

30 June 2018

  

31 December 2017

 

  

UK

Ulster

Private

  

  

  

UK

Ulster

Private

  

  

 

  

PBB

Bank RoI

Banking

RBSI

Total

  

PBB

Bank RoI

Banking

RBSI

Total

 

Personal lending

£m

£m

£m

£m

£m

  

£m

£m

£m

£m

£m

 

Mortgages

137,374 

15,098 

8,843 

2,704 

164,019 

  

136,625 

15,352 

8,421 

2,745 

163,143 

 

  Owner occupied

120,595 

13,301 

7,690 

1,793 

143,379 

  

118,764 

13,455 

7,275 

1,821 

141,315 

 

  Buy-to-let

16,779 

1,797 

1,153 

911 

20,640 

  

17,861 

1,897 

1,146 

924 

21,828 

 

  Interest only - variable

10,187 

219 

4,061 

557 

15,024 

  

11,245 

260 

4,078 

636 

16,219 

 

  Interest only - fixed

12,167 

10 

3,251 

144 

15,572 

  

12,584 

2,866 

96 

15,554 

 

  Mixed (1) 

6,092 

74 

20 

6,188 

  

6,039 

79 

20 

6,138 

 

  Impairment provision (2) 

213 

918 

19 

1,155 

  

153 

909 

27 

1,096 

 

Other lending (3) 

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

 

 Drawn exposure

11,097 

323 

1,368 

57 

12,845 

  

11,080 

348 

1,486 

65 

12,979 

 

 Impairment provision (2)

947 

27 

35 

1,010 

  

833 

44 

19 

898 

 

Total personal lending

148,471 

15,421 

10,211 

2,761 

176,864 

  

147,705 

15,700 

9,907 

2,810 

176,122 

 

Mortgage LTV ratios (3) 

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

 

  - Total portfolio

57%

66%

55%

57%

58%

  

56%

69%

55%

58%

57%

 

    - Stage 1/performing

57%

60%

56%

56%

57%

  

56%

65%

55%

56%

57%

 

    - Stage 2/performing

59%

69%

53%

53%

61%

  

 

    - Stage 3/non-performing

57%

84%

59%

118%

76%

  

57%

88%

59%

122%

78%

 

  - Buy-to-let

55%

72%

54%

51%

56%

  

54%

75%

54%

50%

56%

 

    - Stage 1

55%

60%

54%

50%

55%

  

  

  

  

  

  

 

    - Stage 2

59%

76%

52%

55%

64%

  

  

  

  

  

  

 

    - Stage 3

60%

86%

70%

85%

82%

  

  

  

  

  

  

 

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

 

Gross new mortgage lending

13,268 

398 

953 

159 

14,778 

  

30,314 

890 

2,243 

481 

33,928 

  Owner occupied exposure

12,719 

391 

868 

105 

14,083 

  

28,504 

875 

1,904 

319 

31,602 

  Weighted average LTV (4) 

69%

73%

62%

66%

69%

  

70%

75%

63%

70%

70%

  Buy-to-let exposure

549 

85 

54 

695 

  

1,810 

15 

339 

162 

2,326 

  Weighted average LTV (4) 

61%

60%

56%

60%

60%

  

62%

57%

56%

62%

61%

  Interest only variable rate

21 

354 

11 

386 

  

335 

902 

39 

1,282 

  Interest only fixed rate

641 

403 

21 

1,065 

  

1,835 

874 

48 

2,758 

  Mixed (1)

383 

384 

  

893 

893 

                                   

 

Mortgage forbearance (Within the scope of EY’s review report)

Forbearance flow

278 

211 

494 

  

440 

201 

31 

677 

Forbearance stock

1,360 

3,704 

28 

5,093 

  

1,383 

3,893 

25 

5,309 

  Current

815 

1,638 

15 

2,469 

  

834 

1,779 

12 

2,631 

  1-3 months in arrears

302 

388 

691 

  

304 

466 

772 

  >3 months in arrears

243 

1,678 

12 

1,933 

  

246 

1,648 

11 

1,905 

                                             

 

 

Notes:

(1)

Includes accounts which have an interest only sub-account and a capital and interest sub-account to provide a more comprehensive view of interest only exposures.

(2)

30 June 2018 data was prepared under IFRS 9. 31 December 2017 data was prepared under IAS 39. For further details, refer to the IFRS 9 Transition document published on 23 February 2018.

(3)

Personal unsecured lending excludes loans that are commercial in nature, for example loans guaranteed by a company and commercial real estate lending to personal customers.

(4)

Weighted by current exposure gross of provisions.

 

15

 

RBS – Interim Results 2018

 


 

 

 

Appendix 1 Capital and risk management

 

Credit risk: Banking activities continued 

Personal portfolio continued

Key points

The overall credit risk profile of the Personal portfolio, and its performance against credit risk appetite, remained stable during 2018. 

 

 

Lending grew by £0.7 billion with new lending partly offset by mortgage redemptions and repayments.

 

 

New mortgage lending was marginally lower compared to H1 2017. This reflected competitive market conditions and RBS’s relative pricing position. Both the existing portfolio and new business were closely monitored against an agreed set of risk appetite parameters. These included loan-to-value ratios, loan-to-income ratios, buy-to-let concentrations, new-build concentrations and credit quality. Underwriting standards were maintained during the period.

 

Most of the mortgage growth was in the owner-occupied portfolio. In line with market trends, new mortgages in the buy-to-let portfolio remained subdued as tax and regulatory changes in the UK affected borrower activity.

 

The mortgage portfolio loan-to-value ratio remained largely stable. The improvement in Ulster Bank RoI reflected house price recovery.

 

By value, the proportion of mortgages on interest only and mixed terms (capital and interest only) marginally reduced. This was due to an increase in customers moving to repayment mortgages as well as the settlement of legacy mortgages. There was a marginal rise in interest only mortgages in Private Banking. This reflected increased lending to high-net worth individuals.

 

As at 30 June 2018, 75% of customers in the UK PBB mortgage portfolio were on fixed rates (35% on five-year deals). In addition, 96% of all new mortgage completions were fixed-rate deals (52% of which were five-year deals), as customers sought to minimise the impact of potential rate rises.

 

43% of mortgage lending was in Greater London and the South East (31 December 2017 – 43%). The level of exposure in this region remained broadly unchanged, reflecting lower demand for buy-to-let properties as well as mortgage redemptions. The average weighted loan-to-value for these regions was 53% (31 December 2017 – 51%).

 

As expected, total provisions – including provision for unsecured lending – increased under the IFRS 9 methodology.

  

Total unsecured lending balances marginally decreased. While the level of the UK PBB unsecured loan portfolio increased, there were declines in both the cards and overdrafts portfolios. The reduction in the cards portfolio reflected the RBS strategy of not participating in the 0% credit card balance transfer and introducer markets.

 

 

16

 

RBS – Interim Results 2018

 


 

 

Appendix 1 Capital and risk management

 

Credit risk: Banking activities continued 

Personal portfolio continued  

Mortgage LTV distribution by stage (Within the scope of EY’s review report)

The table below shows gross mortgage lending and related ECL by LTV band. Mortgage lending not within the scope of IFRS 9 ECL reflected portfolios carried at fair value.

  

30 June 2018

31 December 2017

  

 

  

Drawn exposure - Total book

Of which:

Impairment provision

Provision coverage (1)

Drawn exposure - Total book

Of which:

 

  

  

  

  

Not within

  

Gross

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

Gross

 

  

  

  

  

IFRS 9 ECL

  

new

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

Non-

  

new

 

  

Stage 1

Stage 2

Stage 3

scope

Total

lending

Stage 1

Stage 2

Stage 3

Total

Stage 1

Stage 2

Stage 3

Total

Performing

performing

Total

lending

 

UK PBB

£m

£m

£m

£m

£m

£m

£m

£m

£m

£m

%

%

%

%

£m

£m

£m

£m

 

≤50%

44,731 

3,168 

496 

155 

48,550 

2,166 

14 

62 

78 

0.4 

12.3 

0.2 

50,582 

527 

51,109 

4,593 

 

>50% and ≤70%

43,294 

3,604 

485 

42 

47,425 

3,802 

22 

41 

65 

0.6 

8.4 

0.1 

47,361 

505 

47,866 

8,310 

 

>70% and ≤80%

20,673 

1,434 

156 

22,272 

3,113 

13 

23 

0.6 

8.2 

0.1 

20,514 

150 

20,664 

7,709 

 

>80% and ≤90%

13,337 

1,222 

87 

14,651 

3,583 

10 

20 

0.8 

10.2 

0.1 

13,409 

87 

13,496 

8,239 

 

>90% and ≤100%

3,564 

270 

36 

3,875 

518 

1.6 

12.3 

0.2 

2,559 

36 

2,595 

1,285 

 

>100% and ≤110%

77 

50 

138 

0.1 

3.0 

20.1 

2.9 

130 

14 

144 

 

>110% and ≤130%

56 

47 

10 

115 

0.1 

4.0 

22.8 

3.5 

114 

10 

124 

 

>130% and ≤150%

28 

33 

65 

0.1 

4.1 

16.8 

3.1 

58 

63 

 

>150%

16 

27 

0.1 

5.4 

35.4 

11.1 

25 

33 

 

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

 

Total with LTVs

125,764 

9,844 

1,290 

220 

137,118 

13,182 

65 

136 

207 

0.7 

10.5 

0.2 

134,752 

1,342 

136,094 

30,139 

 

Other

214 

27 

10 

256 

86 

1.3 

54.7 

2.4 

512 

18 

530 

175 

 

Total

125,978 

9,871 

1,300 

225 

137,374 

13,268 

65 

142 

213 

0.7 

10.8 

0.2 

135,265 

1,360 

136,625 

30,314 

 

Ulster Bank RoI

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

≤50%

3,516 

395 

481 

  

4,392 

42 

  

48 

55 

  

1.5 

10.0 

1.3 

  

3,743 

333 

4,076 

  

>50% and ≤70%

3,335 

385 

544 

  

4,264 

89 

  

62 

70 

  

1.7 

11.5 

1.6 

  

3,600 

382 

3,982 

  

>70% and ≤80%

1,502 

209 

332 

  

2,043 

151 

  

69 

76 

  

0.1 

3.1 

20.9 

3.7 

  

1,858 

233 

2,091 

  

>80% and ≤90%

1,050 

189 

389 

  

1,628 

112 

  

112 

122 

  

0.1 

4.7 

28.7 

7.5 

  

1,420 

273 

1,693 

  

>90% and ≤100%

657 

189 

454 

  

1,300 

  

12 

164 

177 

  

0.2 

6.5 

36.1 

13.6 

  

1,070 

309 

1,379 

  

>100% and ≤110%

320 

122 

385 

  

827 

  

10 

157 

168 

  

0.4 

8.0 

40.8 

20.3 

  

814 

317 

1,131 

  

>110% and ≤130%

87 

49 

357 

  

493 

  

169 

174 

  

0.5 

10.1 

47.0 

35.3 

  

378 

414 

792 

  

>130% and ≤150%

88 

  

101 

  

51 

52 

  

0.2 

13.6 

57.5 

51.5 

  

20 

126 

146 

  

>150%

39 

  

50 

  

24 

24 

  

1.9 

21.4 

62.1 

48.0 

  

23 

39 

62 

  

Total

10,482 

1,547 

3,069 

  

15,098 

398 

  

56 

856 

918 

  

0.1 

3.6 

27.9 

6.1 

  

12,926 

2,426 

15,352 

890 

                                                                                 

Note:

(1)

The provision coverage calculation is impairment provision divided by drawn exposure.

 

 

Key point

ECL coverage rates increased across the LTV bands with UK PBB having only limited exposures in the highest LTV bands. The high coverage levels in the lower LTV bands included the effect of time-discounting on expected recoveries. Additionally, this also reflected the conservative modelling approach that recognised an element of expected loss on mortgages that are not subject to formal repossession activity.

 

17

 

RBS – Interim Results 2018

 


 

 

Appendix 1 Capital and risk management

 

Credit risk: Banking activities continued 

Personal portfolio continued (Within the scope of EY’s review report)

UK PBB Mortgage LTV distribution by region

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

50%

80%

100%

  

  

Weighted

  

  

  

≤50%

≤80%

≤100%

≤150%

>150%

Total

average LTV

Other

Total

LTV ratio value

£m

£m

£m

£m

£m

£m

%

£m

£m

30 June 2018

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

South East

13,761 

17,192 

3,486 

10 

34,449 

55 

54 

34,503 

Greater London

11,985 

10,390 

1,933 

24,312 

51 

41 

24,353 

Scotland

3,390 

5,730 

1,545 

10,674 

59 

17 

10,691 

North West

3,671 

7,190 

3,013 

11 

13,885 

62 

25 

13,910 

South West

3,833 

6,581 

1,632 

12 

12,058 

58 

19 

12,077 

West Midlands

2,870 

5,518 

1,207 

9,600 

59 

14 

9,614 

Rest of the UK

9,040 

17,094 

5,709 

270 

27 

32,140 

61 

86 

32,226 

Total

48,550 

69,695 

18,525 

321 

27 

137,118 

57 

256 

137,374 

31 December 2017

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

South East

14,606 

16,908 

2,729 

10 

34,254 

53 

96 

34,350 

Greater London

13,592 

9,900 

1,322 

24,816 

48 

113 

24,929 

Scotland

2,850 

5,341 

2,423 

45 

10,658 

63 

35 

10,693 

North West

4,125 

7,510 

2,131 

11 

13,776 

59 

63 

13,838 

South West

4,181 

6,572 

1,055 

11,817 

56 

40 

11,857 

West Midlands

2,578 

5,264 

1,503 

9,351 

61 

42 

9,393 

Rest of the UK

9,175 

17,037 

4,929 

247 

33 

31,422 

60 

143 

31,565 

Total

51,108 

68,531 

16,092 

331 

33 

136,094 

56 

530 

136,625 

 

Commercial real estate (CRE)

Summary

The CRE portfolio comprises exposures to entities involved in the development of, or investment in, commercial and residential properties (including house builders but excluding housing associations, construction and the building materials sub-sector). The CRE sector is reviewed regularly at senior executive committees including, in particular, a focus on portfolio credit quality, capital consumption and control frameworks.

 

The following two tables are based on current exposure (gross of provisions, post risk transfer) and include loans and related hedging derivatives.

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

30 June 2018

  

31 December 2017

  

UK

RoI

Other

Total

  

UK

RoI

Other

Total

By geography and sub sector (1) 

£m

£m

£m

£m

  

£m

£m

£m

£m

Investment

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

Residential (2) 

4,104 

254 

28 

4,386 

  

4,221 

226 

30 

4,477 

Office (3) 

2,905 

213 

633 

3,751 

  

2,971 

234 

600 

3,805 

Retail (4) 

4,943 

42 

143 

5,128 

  

5,375 

42 

132 

5,549 

Industrial (5) 

2,393 

34 

60 

2,487 

  

2,404 

36 

14 

2,454 

Mixed/other (6) 

4,831 

187 

249 

5,267 

  

4,693 

207 

201 

5,101 

  

19,176 

730 

1,113 

21,019 

  

19,664 

745 

977 

21,386 

Development

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

Residential (2) 

2,987 

165 

151 

3,303 

  

3,081 

131 

150 

3,362 

Office (3)

139 

139 

  

116 

116 

Retail (4) 

74 

83 

  

255 

262 

Industrial (5) 

82 

11 

95 

  

51 

51 

Mixed/other (6) 

46 

48 

  

67 

70 

  

3,328 

176 

164 

3,668 

  

3,570 

139 

152 

3,861 

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

Total

22,504 

906 

1,277 

24,687 

  

23,234 

884 

1,129 

25,247 

 

Notes:

(1)

Geographical splits are based on country of collateral risk.

(2)

Residential properties including houses, flats and student accommodation.

(3)

Office properties including offices in central business districts, regional headquarters and business parks.

(4)

Retail properties including high street retail, shopping centres, restaurants, bars and gyms.

(5)

Industrial properties including distribution centres, manufacturing and warehouses. 

(6)

Mixed usage or other properties that do not fall within the other categories above. Mixed generally relates to a mixture of retail/office with residential. 

 

18

 

RBS – Interim Results 2018

 


 

 

 Appendix 1 Capital and risk management

 

Credit risk: Banking activities continued 

CRE LTV distribution by stage (Within the scope of EY’s review report)

The table below shows CRE current exposure and related ECL by LTV band. CRE lending not within the scope of IFRS 9 ECL included exposures in Wealth businesses and other exposures carried at fair value, including derivatives.

  

30 June 2018

  

31 December 2017

  

Current exposure (gross of provisions) (1) 

  

Impairment provision

  

Provision coverage (2)

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

Not within

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

Non-

  

  

Stage 1

Stage 2

Stage 3

IFRS 9 scope

Total

  

Stage 1

Stage 2

Stage 3

Total

  

Stage 1

Stage 2

Stage 3

Total

  

Performing

performing

Total

  

£m

£m

£m

£m

£m

  

£m

£m

£m

£m

  

%

%

%

%

  

£m

£m

£m

≤50%

8,862 

230 

57 

749 

9,898 

  

14 

21 

  

1.5 

24.6 

0.2 

  

9,613 

66 

9,679 

>50% and ≤70%

5,107 

351 

79 

684 

6,221 

  

17 

25 

  

0.1 

1.2 

21.4 

0.4 

  

6,562 

119 

6,681 

>70% and ≤80%

298 

45 

47 

399 

  

12 

  

0.2 

5.2 

19.4 

3.1 

  

328 

53 

381 

>80% and ≤90%

103 

17 

33 

159 

  

  

0.2 

4.8 

14.7 

3.8 

  

157 

47 

204 

>90% and ≤100%

66 

38 

390 

495 

  

  

0.1 

4.5 

1.3 

1.4 

  

84 

31 

115 

>100% and ≤110%

25 

13 

42 

  

  

0.2 

6.3 

42.8 

14.0 

  

34 

21 

55 

>110% and ≤130%

15 

50 

72 

  

13 

13 

  

0.2 

6.6 

26.8 

19.8 

  

68 

421 

489 

>130% and ≤150%

12 

15 

12 

48 

  

  

0.4 

2.2 

38.6 

16.6 

  

45 

29 

74 

>150%

27 

55 

88 

  

37 

37 

  

0.5 

7.4 

67.9 

43.2 

  

150 

72 

222 

Total with LTVs

14,515 

704 

739 

1,464 

17,422 

  

12 

111 

132 

  

0.1 

1.9 

15.2 

0.8 

  

17,041 

859 

17,900 

Total portfolio average LTV %

46%

60%

109%

49%

49%

  

  

  

47%

119%

51%

Other

2,796 

91 

347 

363 

3,597 

  

56 

66 

  

0.2 

4.8 

16.1 

2.0 

  

3,056 

430 

3,486 

Development

3,106 

152 

193 

217 

3,668 

  

94 

102 

  

0.2 

2.1 

49.0 

3.0 

  

3,615 

246 

3,861 

Total

20,417 

947 

1,279 

2,044 

24,687 

  

20 

19 

261 

300 

  

0.1 

2.2 

20.5 

1.3 

  

23,712 

1,535 

25,247 

Notes:

(1)

CRE current exposure comprises gross lending, interest rate hedging derivatives and other assets carried at fair value that are managed as part of the overall CRE book.

(2)

The provision coverage calculation is impairment provision divided by current exposure.

 

Key points

The majority of the CRE portfolio is managed in the UK within Commercial Banking, Private Banking and UK PBB. The remainder was managed in Ulster Bank RoI and NatWest Markets. Business appetite and strategy remain aligned across the segments. 

The exposure in Stage 3 mainly related to legacy assets. 

Growth in the commercial property market slowed over the first six months of 2018 after better-than-expected performance in 2017. Performance varied widely by sub-sector with values drifting downwards in some, notably shopping centres.

Continued pressure on household incomes and the potential impact of exiting the European Union are exacerbating ongoing structural issues in the retail sector. However, investment in the UK CRE sector continues to look attractive relative to other countries and asset classes. The market in the Residential Investment & Development sub-sector remained resilient, despite a slowdown in demand for London property. This resilience was supported by mortgage availability and an overall under-supply of property

As a result of ongoing uncertainty, the bank’s lending criteria remained restricted to certain asset classes including London offices with further action taken in H1 2018 for certain property types in the Retail sub-sector.

The Retail sub-sector portfolio had an average loan-to-value ratio of 48% (31 December 2017 - 49%). Defaults were low and related to legacy assets, with a limited number of new defaults. The sub-sector was monitored on a regular basis and credit quality was in line with the wider CRE portfolio.

The low Stage 3 coverage in the 90%-100% LTV band was due to a restructured loan, where the exposure was written down to the expected recoverable amount.

 

19

 

RBS – Interim Results 2018

 


 

 

Appendix 1 Capital and risk management

 

 

Credit risk: Banking activities continued 

Flow statements (Within the scope of EY’s review report)

In the ECL flow statements disclosed in this section - as expected - there was a significant uplift in ECL on transition to a poorer quality stage (net re-measurement). For example, assets transferring from Stage 2 to Stage 3 move from having a probability of default (PD) of less than one to default (that is, a PD equal to one). Closing exposures in this section are consistent with the exposures used in ECL determination. The Other category within the tables reflects items that did not affect the ECL provision balance but which did have an impact on the impairment charge, for example, fortuitous recoveries on previously written-off debt. It is included to show movement in the profit and loss charge but is not part of the flow statement. Assets derecognised represented the effective write down of assets in the period (where ECL was held) as a result of debt sale activity.

 

The flow statements capture a significant proportion of all the segments except Commercial Banking (see page 24 for more details) and Private Banking. Private Banking’s ECL provisions were £57 million compared with £54 million at transition and ECL charge for H1 2018 was £1 million.

 

Personal portfolios

The following flow statements are at a portfolio level. They are based on drawn exposure (gross of provisions).

  

Stage 1

  

Stage 2

  

Stage 3

  

Total

  

Loans

ECL

  

Loans

ECL

  

Loans

ECL

  

Loans

ECL

UK PBB - mortgages

£m

£m

  

£m

£m

  

£m

£m

  

£m

£m

At 1 January 2018

124,020 

  

10,566 

64 

  

1,338 

155 

  

135,924 

228 

Transfers from Stage 1 to Stage 2

(2,262)

(1)

  

2,262 

  

  

Transfers from Stage 2 to Stage 1

2,339 

  

(2,339)

(8)

  

  

Transfers to Stage 3

(27)

  

(165)

(3)

  

192 

  

Transfers from Stage 3

  

107 

12 

  

(109)

(12)

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  Net re-measurement of ECL on stage transfer

(8)

  

  

  

  Changes in risk parameters (model inputs)

(1)

  

  

24 

  

25 

  Other changes in net exposure

379 

  

(459)

(3)

  

(127)

(7)

  

(207)

(10)

  Other

  

  

(4)

  

(4)

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

Income statement (releases)/charges

  

(9)

  

  

  

  

22 

  

  

14 

Amounts written-off

  

(1)

(1)

  

(13)

(13)

  

(14)

(14)

Unwinding of discount

  

(1)

  

(18)

  

(19)

At 30 June 2018

124,451 

  

9,971 

65 

  

1,281 

141 

  

135,703 

213 

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

Net carrying amount

124,444 

  

  

9,906 

  

  

1,140 

  

  

135,490 

  

 

Key points

Overall ECL reduced by £15 million. This was primarily driven by business-as-usual write-offs in Stage 3.

Stage 1 and Stage 2 ECL levels remained broadly stable.

ECL transfers from Stage 3 back to Stage 1 and Stage 2 were higher than those in Personal unsecured lending, due to the higher cure activity typically seen on mortgages.  

The increase in the Stage 3 ECL in changes in risk parameters reflected the monthly assessment of the loss requirement, capturing underlying balance movements.

Amounts written off were £14 million. Write-off occurs once the repossessed property has been sold and there is a residual shortfall balance remaining outstanding. This would typically be within 5 years after defaulting but can be longer.

The ECL flow statement covers 98% of UK PBB mortgage ECL movements.

 

20

 

RBS – Interim Results 2018

 


 

 

 

Appendix 1 Capital and risk management

 

Credit risk: Banking activities continued 

Flow statements continued (Within the scope of EY’s review report)

 

Personal portfolios continued 

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

 

  

Stage 1

  

Stage 2

  

Stage 3

  

Total

 

  

Loans

ECL

  

Loans

ECL

  

Loans

ECL

  

Loans

ECL

 

Ulster Bank RoI - mortgages

£m

£m

  

£m

£m

  

£m

£m

  

£m

£m

 

At 1 January 2018

10,610 

  

1,526 

72 

  

3,155 

878 

  

15,291 

958 

 

Transfers from Stage 1 to Stage 2

(422)

(1)

  

422 

  

  

 

Transfers from Stage 2 to Stage 1

335 

  

(335)

(8)

  

  

 

Transfers to Stage 3

(15)

  

(115)

(12)

  

130 

12 

  

 

Transfers from Stage 3

  

112 

16 

  

(114)

(16)

  

 

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

 

  Net re-measurement of ECL on stage transfer

(6)

  

(6)

  

  

(5)

 

  Changes in risk parameters (model inputs)

(1)

  

(6)

  

(5)

  

(12)

 

  Other changes in net exposure

(78)

  

(56)

(1)

  

(93)

(8)

  

(227)

(9)

 

  Other

  

  

  

 

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

 

Income statement releases

  

(7)

  

  

(13)

  

  

(2)

  

  

(22)

 

Amounts written off

  

  

(3)

(3)

  

(3)

(3)

 

Unwinding of discount

  

  

(11)

  

(11)

 

At 30 June 2018

10,432 

  

1,554 

56 

  

3,075 

854 

  

15,061 

918 

 

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

 

Net carrying amount

10,424 

  

  

1,498 

  

  

2,221 

  

  

14,143 

  

 

 

 

                           

Key points

Overall ECL reduced by £40 million.

 

Stage 1 levels remained broadly stable. The decrease in Stage 2 in changes in risk parameters, reflected updates to the forward-looking economic scenarios.

 

The reduction in ECL in Stage 3 reflected transfers out, amortisations and redemptions and updates to the forward-looking economic scenarios.

 

Write-off generally occurs once the repossessed property has been sold and there is a residual shortfall balance remaining outstanding which has been deemed irrecoverable.

 

The ECL flow statement covers all of Ulster Bank RoI mortgage ECL movements.

 

 

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

Stage 1

  

Stage 2

  

Stage 3

  

Total

  

Loans

ECL

  

Loans

ECL

  

Loans

ECL

  

Loans

ECL

UK PBB - credit cards

£m

£m

  

£m

£m

  

£m

£m

  

£m

£m

At 1 January 2018

2,841 

52 

  

997 

94 

  

105 

75 

  

3,943 

221 

Transfers from Stage 1 to Stage 2

(403)

(8)

  

403 

  

  

Transfers from Stage 2 to Stage 1

319 

23 

  

(319)

(23)

  

  

Transfers to Stage 3

(17)

(1)

  

(43)

(9)

  

60 

10 

  

Transfers from Stage 3

  

  

(1)

(1)

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  Net re-measurement of ECL on stage transfer

(17)

  

33 

  

32 

  

48 

  Changes in risk parameters (model inputs)

(2)

  

(5)

  

  

(6)

  Other changes in net exposure

(121)

  

176 

  

(11)

  

44 

  Other

  

  

(16)

  

(16)

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

Income statement (releases)/charges

  

(19)

  

  

35 

  

  

19 

  

  

35 

Amounts written off

  

  

(34)

(34)

  

(34)

(34)

Unwinding of discount

  

  

(3)

  

(3)

At 30 June 2018

2,619 

47 

  

1,215 

106 

  

119 

82 

  

3,953 

235 

Net carrying amount

2,572 

  

  

1,109 

  

  

37 

  

  

3,718 

  

 

Key points

Overall ECL increased by £14 million due to slightly higher levels of Stage 2 inflows. This was the result of activity to calibrate and refine the criteria used to identify significant credit risk increase.

ECL transfers from Stage 3 back to Stage 1 and Stage 2 were relatively small.

The portfolio continued to experience cash recoveries after write-off (reported in Other). This benefited the profit and loss without affecting ECL. Charge-off (analogous to write-off) typically occurs after 12 missed payments.

The ECL flow statement covers all UK PBB Personal cards ECL movements.

21

 

RBS – Interim Results 2018

 


 

 

 

Appendix 1 Capital and risk management

 

 

Credit risk: Banking activities continued 

Flow statements continued (Within the scope of EY’s review report)

Personal portfolios continued 

  

Stage 1

  

Stage 2

  

Stage 3

  

Total

  

Loans

ECL

  

Loans

ECL

  

Loans

ECL

  

Loans

ECL

UK PBB - Personal unsecured

£m

£m

  

£m

£m

  

£m

£m

  

£m

£m

At 1 January 2018

4,518 

46 

  

1,789 

164 

  

702 

580 

  

7,009 

790 

Transfers from Stage 1 to Stage 2

(679)

(9)

  

679 

  

  

Transfers from Stage 2 to Stage 1

365 

21 

  

(365)

(21)

  

  

Transfers to Stage 3

(24)

(1)

  

(91)

(24)

  

115 

25 

  

Transfers from Stage 3

  

  

(8)

(2)

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  Net re-measurement of ECL on stage transfer

(17)

  

42 

  

57 

  

82 

  Changes in risk parameters (model inputs)

  

13 

  

  

16 

  Other changes in net exposure

733 

10 

  

(155)

(5)

  

(43)

(4)

  

535 

  Other

  

  

(17)

  

(17)

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

Income statement (releases)/charges

  

(6)

  

  

50 

  

  

38 

  

  

82 

Amounts written off

  

(1)

(1)

  

(89)

(89)

  

(90)

(90)

Assets derecognised

  

(1)

(1)

  

(77)

(77)

  

(78)

(78)

Unwinding of discount

  

(2)

  

(7)

  

(9)

At 30 June 2018

4,914 

51 

  

1,862 

176 

  

600 

485 

  

7,376 

712 

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

Net carrying amount

4,863 

  

  

1,686 

  

  

115 

  

  

6,664 

  

 

Key points

Overall ECL reduced by £78 million. This was mainly driven by debt sale activity (assets de-recognised) and business-as-usual write-offs in Stage 3.

Increases in Stage 1 and Stage 2 broadly reflected new business volumes and also the underlying performance of recent strong business growth naturally seasoning.

ECL transfers from Stage 3 back to Stage 1 and Stage 2 were relatively small.

The portfolio continued to experience cash recoveries after write-off (reported in Other). This benefited the profit and loss without affecting ECL. Write-off occurs once recovery activity with the customer has been concluded and there are no further recoveries expected, but no later than 6 years after default.

The ECL flow statement covers 99% of UK PBB Personal unsecured ECL movements.

 

Wholesale portfolios

  

Stage 1

  

Stage 2

  

Stage 3

  

Total

  

Loans

ECL

  

Loans

ECL

  

Loans

ECL

  

Loans

ECL

UK PBB - Business banking

£m

£m

  

£m

£m

  

£m

£m

  

£m

£m

At 1 January 2018

6,363 

26 

  

654 

27 

  

239 

171 

  

7,256 

224 

Transfers from Stage 1 to Stage 2

(279)

(2)

  

279 

  

  

Transfers from Stage 2 to Stage 1

188 

  

(188)

(6)

  

  

Transfers to Stage 3

(14)

  

(31)

(4)

  

45 

  

Transfers from Stage 3

  

  

(6)

(2)

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  Net re-measurement of ECL on stage transfer

(6)

  

10 

  

19 

  

23 

  Changes in risk parameters (model inputs)

(5)

  

  

  

  Other changes in net exposure

109 

  

(14)

  

12 

  

96 

14 

  Other

-

  

-

  

(28)

  

(28)

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

Income statement (releases)/charges

  

(9)

  

  

11 

  

  

  

  

11 

Amounts written off

  

  

(41)

(41)

  

(41)

(41)

Unwinding of discount

  

  

(2)

  

(2)

At 30 June 2018

6,369 

22 

  

704 

31 

  

238 

167 

  

7,311 

220 

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

Net carrying amount

6,347 

  

  

673 

  

  

71 

  

  

7,091 

  

                               

 

Key points

During Q1 2018, a migration of a sub-portfolio of exposures across risk platforms affected certain elements of the ECL flow statement for H1 2018.

The overall ECL reduced by £4 million in the period and was broadly stable across all stages.

ECL transfers from Stage 3 back to Stage 1 and Stage 2 were relatively small.

Write-off occurs once recovery activity with the customer has been concluded and there are no further recoveries expected, but no later than 5 years after default.

The ECL flow statement covers 90% of UK PBB Personal business banking ECL movements.

 

22

 

RBS – Interim Results 2018

 


 

 

Appendix 1 Capital and risk management

 

Credit risk: Banking activities continued 

Flow statements continued (Within the scope of EY’s review report)

 

Wholesale portfolios continued 

 

  

Stage 1

  

Stage 2

  

Stage 3

  

Total

  

Loans

ECL

  

Loans

ECL

  

Loans

ECL

  

Loans

ECL

Commercial Banking

£m

£m

  

£m

£m

  

£m

£m

  

£m

£m

At 1 January 2018

62,304 

39 

  

5,398 

91 

  

3,265 

1,052 

  

70,968 

1,182 

Currency translation and other adjustments

83 

  

(1)

  

  

91 

Transfers from Stage 1 to Stage 2

(1,134)

(2)

  

1,134 

  

  

Transfers from Stage 2 to Stage 1

1,175 

19 

  

(1,175)

(19)

  

  

Transfers to Stage 3

(91)

  

(169)

(2)

  

261 

  

Transfers from Stage 3

  

153 

  

(153)

(2)

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  Net re-measurement of ECL on stage transfer

(18)

  

12 

  

32 

  

27 

  Changes in risk parameters (model inputs)

(6)

  

(15)

  

36 

  

15 

  Other changes in net exposure

(4,341)

  

(827)

(9)

  

(168)

(18)

  

(5,335)

(23)

  Other

  

13 

  

(7)

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

Income statement (releases)/charges

  

(20)

  

  

  

  

44 

  

  

24 

Other balance sheet movements

  

  

  

Amounts written off

  

  

(231)

(231)

  

(231)

(231)

Unwinding of discount

  

  

(6)

  

(6)

At 30 June 2018

57,996 

36 

  

4,514 

75 

  

2,983 

871 

  

65,493 

982 

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

Net carrying amount

57,960 

  

  

4,439 

  

  

2,112 

  

  

64,511 

  

 

 

 

Key points

Loan amounts are shown after accounting for pooling arrangements, which reduced the balance by £10 billion, and the exclusion of Lombard and RBS Invoice Finance balances of £12 billion. The associated ECL for Lombard and RBS Invoice Finance portfolios was £102 million as at 30 June following a £33 million ECL reduction since 1 January 2018. This was driven by business-as-usual activities and the discontinuation of credit protection.

ECL reduced by £200 million, driven by £231 million of write-offs, partly offset by net impairment charges. Where all or part of a financial asset is considered beyond realistic prospect of further collection or recovery, the financial asset must be written-off.  For loans that are individually assessed for impairment, the timing of write-off is determined on a case-by-case basis. Such loans are reviewed regularly and write-offs are prompted by bankruptcy, insolvency, renegotiation or similar events.

There was an ECL charge of £32 million from newly-defaulted assets re-measured on transfer to Stage 3.

The £13 million charge in Stage 2 related to a change to the forward-looking modelling approach for point-in-time PDs. Economic predictions influence the coming 12-month period before PDs begin to revert to long-run averages. The reversion phase previously began after five years.

The £4.3 billion decrease in Stage 1 loan exposure included £2.7 billion from the transfer of funds and the trustee depository business to RBSI and business-as-usual inflows and outflows.

23

 

RBS – Interim Results 2018

 


 

 

Appendix 1 Capital and risk management

 

Credit risk: Banking activities continued 

Flow statements continued (Within the scope of EY’s review report)

 

Wholesale portfolios continued 

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

Stage 1

  

Stage 2

  

Stage 3

  

Total

  

Loans

ECL

  

Loans

ECL

  

Loans

ECL

  

Loans

ECL

NatWest Markets (1) 

£m

£m

  

£m

£m

  

£m

£m

  

£m

£m

At 1 January 2018

9,188 

  

971 

40 

  

387 

171 

  

10,546 

215 

Currency translation and other adjustments

  

13 

  

(2)

  

14 

Transfers from Stage 1 to Stage 2

(59)

  

59 

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  Net re-measurement of ECL on stage transfer

  

  

  

  Changes in risk parameters (model inputs)

  

  

(6)

  

(4)

  Other changes in net exposure

1,043 

  

(225)

(3)

  

(41)

(1)

  

777 

  Other

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

Income statement charges/(releases)

  

  

  

  

  

(7)

  

  

Other balance sheet movements

  

  

(3)

  

(3)

Amounts written off

  

  

(30)

(30)

  

(30)

(30)

At 30 June 2018

10,175 

  

817 

47 

  

315 

132 

  

11,307 

187 

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

Net carrying amount

10,166 

  

  

770 

  

  

183 

  

  

11,119 

  

Note:

(1)

Reflects NatWest Markets segment and includes NWM N.V..

Key points

ECL reduced by £28 million. This was due to £30 million of write-offs, partly offset by net impairment charges.

Stage 3 ECL consisted of legacy assets.

The £5 million charge in Stage 2 related to a change to the forward-looking modelling approach for point-in-time PDs. Economic predictions influence the coming 12-month period before PDs begin to revert to long-run averages. The reversion phase previously began after five years.    

A legacy Lombard portfolio with a loan balance of £22 million and ECL of £17 million has been excluded from this table.

The £1.0 billion increase in Stage 1 loan exposure was the net of business-as-usual inflows and outflows.

 

  

Stage 1

  

Stage 2

  

Stage 3

  

Total

  

Loans

ECL

  

Loans

ECL

  

Loans

ECL

  

Loans

ECL

RBS International

£m

£m

  

£m

£m

  

£m

£m

  

£m

£m

At 1 January 2018

6,027 

  

258 

  

118 

28 

  

6,403 

33 

Currency translation and other adjustments

36 

  

(3)

  

  

33 

Transfers from Stage 1 to Stage 2

(20)

  

20 

  

  

Transfers from Stage 2 to Stage 1

94 

  

(94)

(1)

  

  

Transfers to Stage 3

  

(3)

  

  

Transfers from Stage 3

  

  

(3)

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  Net re-measurement of ECL on stage transfer

(1)

  

  

  

  Other changes in net exposure

6,359 

  

(19)

  

(13)

(3)

  

6,328 

(2)

  Other

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

Income statement charges/(releases)

  

  

  

  

  

(3)

  

  

(3)

Amounts written off

  

  

(5)

(5)

  

(5)

(5)

At 30 June 2018

12,496 

  

162 

  

100 

20 

  

12,759 

26 

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

Net carrying amount

12,494 

  

  

158 

  

  

80 

  

  

12,733 

  

 

Key points

ECL reduced by £7 million which was mainly driven by £5 million of write-offs.

The £1 million charge in Stage 2 related to a change to the forward-looking modelling approach for point-in-time PDs. Economic predictions influence the coming 12-month period before PDs begin to revert to long-run averages. The reversion phase previously began after five years.

The total ECL did not include £5 million relating to non-defaulted personal exposures which have remained broadly constant since 1 January 2018.

The £6.5 billion increase in Stage 1 loan exposure included the transfer of funds and the trustee depository business from Commercial Banking (£2.7 billion) and the transfer of Coutts Crown Dependency and the Institutional Client Group from Private Banking (£1.8 billion) to RBSI in addition to significant inflows from new and existing customers.  

 

24

 

RBS – Interim Results 2018

 


 

 

Appendix 1 Capital and risk management

 

Counterparty Credit risk: Trading activities  

This sub-section covers the credit risk profile of RBS’s trading activities.

 

Key developments

NatWest Markets’ funded assets increased by £15.8 billion to £134.5 billion and was mainly driven by higher trading activity in the first half after year end lows on debt securities and settlement balances. Increased market-making activity resulted in higher debt securities of £37.0 billion. Reverse repos were unchanged from the year end at £38.6 billion

Derivatives, post-counterparty netting and collateral (cash and securities), reduced by £0.9 billion to £5.4 billion. This primarily reflected an upward shift in US dollar and sterling yields.

 

Debt securities (Within the scope of EY’s review report)

The table below shows debt securities held at mandatory fair value through profit and loss by issuer as well as ratings based on the lowest of Standard & Poor’s, Moody’s and Fitch. A significant proportion (more than 95%) of these positions are trading securities in NatWest Markets.

 

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

Central and local government

Financial

  

  

  

UK

US

Other

institutions

Corporate

Total

30 June 2018

£m

£m

£m

£m

£m

£m

AAA

2,344 

1,954 

18 

4,316 

AA to AA+

5,599 

6,295 

2,825 

1,047 

119 

15,885 

A to AA-

10,315 

693 

83 

11,091 

BBB- to A-

4,724 

687 

259 

5,670 

Non-investment grade

320 

645 

262 

1,227 

Unrated

139 

11 

150 

Total

5,599 

6,295 

20,528 

5,165 

752 

38,339 

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

Short positions

(6,431)

(3,047)

(22,798)

(2,549)

(216)

(35,041)

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

31 December 2017

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

AAA

1,474 

1,576 

21 

3,071 

AA to AA+

3,514 

3,667 

2,389 

983 

168 

10,721 

A to AA-

7,223 

427 

78 

7,728 

BBB- to A-

3,267 

796 

492 

4,555 

Non-investment grade

385 

552 

171 

1,108 

Unrated

255 

43 

298 

Total

3,514 

3,667 

14,738 

4,589 

973 

27,481 

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

Short positions

(3,490)

(2,501)

(20,390)

(1,945)

(200)

(28,526)

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

 

Key point

The overall increase of £10.9 billion reflected trading activity in Euro, UK, US and Japanese government bonds as a result of client flow, along with market-making activity in Euro government bonds.

25

 

RBS – Interim Results 2018

 


 

 

Appendix 1 Capital and risk management

 

Counterparty Credit risk: Trading activities continued 

Derivatives (Within the scope of EY’s review report)

The table below shows derivatives by type of contract. The master netting agreements and collateral shown below do not result in a net presentation on the balance sheet under IFRS 9. A significant proportion (more than 90%) of the derivatives relate to trading activities in NatWest Markets, the table below also includes hedging derivatives in Treasury.

 

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

30 June 2018

  

31 December 2017

  

Notional

Assets

Liabilities

  

Notional

Assets

Liabilities

  

£bn

£m

£m

  

£bn

£m

£m

Interest rate (1) 

12,009 

106,206 

96,554 

  

12,016 

120,945 

112,160 

Exchange rate

3,602 

44,535 

46,763 

  

3,425 

39,211 

41,681 

Credit

30 

326 

334 

  

38 

531 

558 

Equity and commodity

69 

38 

  

156 

107 

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

Balance sheet

15,643 

151,136 

143,689 

  

15,482 

160,843 

154,506 

Counterparty mark-to-market netting

  

(120,444)

(120,444)

  

  

(128,287)

(128,287)

Cash collateral

  

(19,280)

(15,956)

  

  

(20,311)

(18,035)

Securities collateral

  

(5,983)

(3,041)

  

  

(5,850)

(3,952)

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

Net exposure

  

5,429 

4,248 

  

  

6,395 

4,232 

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

UK

  

3,237 

1,623 

  

  

4,079 

1,853 

Europe

  

1,665 

1,827 

  

  

1,643 

1,777 

US

  

281 

439 

  

  

346 

317 

RoW

  

246 

359 

  

  

327 

285 

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

Net exposure

  

5,429 

4,248 

  

  

6,395 

4,232 

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

Valuation reserves (2) 

£m

  

  

  

£m

  

  

Funding valuation adjustments (FVA)

276 

  

  

  

440 

  

  

Credit valuation adjustments (CVA)

413 

  

  

  

346 

  

  

Bid-offer reserves

307 

  

  

  

285 

  

  

Product and deal specific

538 

  

  

  

1,033 

  

  

Valuation reserves

1,534 

  

  

  

2,104 

  

  

 

 

Notes:

(1)

The notional amount of interest rate derivatives include £7,325 billion (31 December 2017 - £7,400 billion) in respect of contracts cleared through central clearing counterparties. The associated derivatives assets and liabilities including variation margin reflected IFRS offset of £14.4 billion (31 December 2017 - £17 billion) and £16 billion (31 December 2017 - £17 billion) respectively.

(2)

Valuation reserves reflect adjustments to mid-market valuations to cover bid-offer spread, liquidity and credit risk.

 

Key points

The impact of participation in trade compression cycles was more than offset by market movements resulting in derivative notionals increasing by £161 billion.

Interest rate derivative fair values decreased reflecting the upward shift in yields in US dollar and sterling, as well as reductions in buyout and mature trades. Foreign exchange fair values, however, increased as GBP weakened against both US dollar and Japanese yen.

Valuation reserves were £0.6 billion lower during 2018 reflecting general risk reduction but within that:

o         Funding valuation adjustments were lower due the reduction in funding levels and trade novations.

o         There was a refinement in reserve categorisation of a counterparty resulting in net increase in credit valuation adjustments. This was partially offset by trade novations and tightening credit spread margins.

o         Product and deal-specific reserves decreased due to the reclassification above, as well as a change in the approach on inflation derivatives to bring valuations in line with disposal experience.

 

 

26

 

RBS – Interim Results 2018

 


 

 

Appendix 1 Capital and risk management

 

Non-traded market risk

Non-traded market risk is the risk to the value of assets or liabilities outside the trading book, or the risk to income, that arises from changes in market prices such as interest rates, foreign exchange rates and equity prices, or from changes in managed rates.

 

Key developments

Changes in accounting treatment under IFRS 9, which took effect from 1 January 2018, had an impact on the way certain non-traded market risk exposures are calculated. Some structured loans, primarily LOBOs (see Credit risk section), were recognised at fair value through the profit and loss on transition to IFRS 9. The change in interest rate sensitivity was hedged during H1 2018.

Contingent foreign exchange exposure to US RMBS fines materially decreased in H1 2018 when an agreement in principle was reached with the Department of Justice.

Revised non-traded market risk appetite metrics were approved by the RBS Board to reflect the impact of both IFRS 9 and ring-fencing.

 

Value-at-risk (Within the scope of EY’s review report)

The following table presents one-day internal banking book VaR at a 99% confidence level, analysed by type of risk.

 

  

Half year ended

  

30 June 2018

  

30 June 2017

  

31 December 2017

  

  

  

  

Period

  

  

  

  

Period

  

  

  

  

Period

  

Average

Max

Min

end

  

Average

Max

Min

end

  

Average

Max

Min

end

  

£m

£m

£m

£m

  

£m

£m

£m

£m

  

£m

£m

£m

£m

Interest rate

19.4 

28.2 

8.9 

19.2 

  

8.6 

12.6 

6.3 

7.6 

  

9.6 

15.3 

5.6 

5.6 

Euro

2.7 

3.9 

1.3 

2.9 

  

3.2 

4.1 

2.3 

2.3 

  

3.3 

4.4 

2.9 

3.3 

Sterling

18.7 

26.0 

11.2 

19.9 

  

7.7 

13.8 

5.0 

5.1 

  

4.8 

9.7 

1.8 

2.8 

US dollar

5.6 

6.8 

1.5 

1.5 

  

3.1 

4.9 

2.1 

4.9 

  

7.8 

8.8 

6.4 

7.7 

Other

0.4 

0.7 

0.3 

0.3 

  

1.1 

1.1 

1.0 

1.0 

  

0.9 

1.0 

0.8 

0.8 

Credit spread

56.9 

60.8 

49.4 

49.4 

  

70.0 

82.4 

62.0 

62.0 

  

51.1 

62.1 

47.4 

49.7 

Structural FX rate

12.8 

32.7 

5.9 

16.6 

  

10.3 

11.4 

9.3 

11.4 

  

14.6 

17.2 

10.7 

15.4 

Pipeline risk

0.6 

1.3 

0.3 

0.4 

  

0.8 

1.1 

0.6 

0.9 

  

0.9 

1.7 

0.2 

1.0 

Diversification (1)

(29.3)

  

  

(22.6)

  

(18.8)

  

  

(27.0)

  

  

  

(17.3)

Total

60.4 

69.8 

54.9 

63.0 

  

70.9 

83.1 

54.9 

54.9 

  

56.7 

59.4 

54.4 

54.4 

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

                                 

Note:

(1)

RBS benefits from diversification across various financial instrument types, currencies and markets. The extent of the diversification benefit depends on the correlation between the assets and risk factors in the portfolio at a particular time. The diversification factor is the sum of the VaR on individual risk types less the total portfolio VaR.

 

Key points

Although total VaR was only moderately higher in H1 2018 than in H2 2017 on an average basis, the interest rate component rose during the period, chiefly due to the IFRS 9 accounting changes. The risk was hedged during H1 2018.

Structural foreign exchange VaR rose during H1 2018. The VaR measures the residual spot sensitivity of the CET1 ratio to exchange rate movements. Sensitivity to the sterling/US dollar exchange rate increased in May when foreign exchange options were exercised to hedge additional US dollar liabilities that were recognised when the agreement in principle with the Department of Justice was reached. The VaR decreased by the end of the period due to other balance sheet movements.

 

27

 

RBS – Interim Results 2018

 


 

 

Appendix 1 Capital and risk management

 

Non-traded market risk continued 

Structural hedging

RBS has the benefit of a significant pool of stable, non and low interest bearing liabilities, principally comprising equity and money transmission accounts. These balances are usually hedged, either by investing directly in longer-term fixed rate assets or by the use of interest rate swaps, in order to provide a consistent and predictable revenue stream.

 

After hedging the net interest rate exposure of the bank externally, RBS Treasury allocates income to products or equity in structural hedges by reference to the relevant interest rate swap curve. Over time, the hedging programme has built up a portfolio of interest rate swaps that provide a basis for stable income attribution. The programme aims to track a time series of medium-term swap rates, but the yield will be affected by changes in product volumes and RBS’s capital composition.

 

The table below presents the incremental income allocation (above three-month LIBOR), the average notional and the overall yield (including three-month LIBOR) associated with the product and equity hedges managed by Treasury.

  

Half year ended

  

30 June 2018

  

30 June 2017

  

31 December 2017

  

Incremental

Average

Overall

  

Incremental

Average

Overall

  

Incremental

Average

Overall

income

notional

yield

  

income

notional

yield

  

income

notional

yield

  

£m 

£bn

%

  

£m 

£bn

%

  

£m 

£bn

%

Equity structural hedging

257 

28 

2.40 

  

317 

28 

2.48 

  

311 

28 

2.48 

Product structural hedging

225 

108 

1.01 

  

334 

98 

1.04 

  

346 

105 

0.99 

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

Total

482 

136 

1.30 

  

651 

126 

1.36 

  

657 

133 

1.31 

 

Notes:

(1)

The spot notional balance for:

- equity structural hedging was £29 billion on 30 June 2018, £28 billion on 31 December 2017 and £28 billion on 30 June 2017.

- product structural hedging was £108 billion on 30 June 2018, £107 billion on 31 December 2017 and £100 billion on 30 June 2017.

- total hedging was £137 billion on 30 June 2018, £136 billion on 31 December 2017 and £129 billion on 30 June 2017.

(2)

Total income allocated to the hedge:

- in the six months ended 30 June 2018 was £884 million

- in the six months ended 31 December 2017 was £871 million

- in the six months ended 30 June 2017 was £857 million

 

The table below presents the incremental income associated with product structural hedges at segment level. These relate to the larger UK banking businesses.

  

Half year ended

Net interest earnings - impact of product structural hedging

30 June

30 June

31 December

2018 

2017 

2017 

£m 

£m 

£m 

  

  

  

  

UK Personal & Business Banking

147 

216 

224 

Commercial Banking

76 

116 

119 

Other

  

  

  

  

Total

225 

334 

346 

           

 

Key points

The incremental income in excess of three-month LIBOR generated by the structural hedge was lower than that in 2017. This was due to the increase in short-term cash rates during H1 2018. However, the purpose of the structural hedge is to swap from a short-term cash return into a more stable fixed-rate return. At 30 June 2018, the total fixed-rate yield allocated to the hedge had fallen only 6 basis points since 30 June 2017. 

At 30 June 2018, the total fixed-rate yield was broadly aligned to current market interest rates, which were 1.43% for the ten-year sterling swap and 1.22% for the five-year sterling swap, The total yield was higher than a swap priced to match the evenly amortising structure of the structural hedge, which at 30 June 2018 was 1.15%.

 

In addition to the hedges presented in the table above, other parts of the Group also maintain structural hedges. Hedges are transacted with Treasury and generally have an amortised five-year profile. In aggregate, Private Banking, RBS International, and Ulster Bank RoI maintained structural hedges against Treasury relating to equity and products, with an average notional of £21 billion for H1 2018. This resulted in £50 million incremental income allocation (above three-month LIBOR) to the businesses in H1 2018, with an overall yield of 0.75%. A significant proportion of the hedge is euro-denominated.

28

 

RBS – Interim Results 2018

 


 

 

 

Appendix 1 Capital and risk management

 

Non-traded market risk continued

Sensitivity of net interest income

Net interest earnings are sensitive to changes in the level of interest rates because changes to coupons on some customer products do not always match changes in market rates of interest or central bank policy rates.

 

The sensitivity of the net interest income table below shows the results of a simplified scenario over the next 12 months of an immediate upward or downward change of 25 and 100 basis points to all interest rates. All yield curves are expected to move in parallel, except for interest rates that are assumed to floor at zero per cent or, for euro rates, at the current negative rate.

 

The methodology, assumptions and limitations relating to the following two earnings sensitivity tables did not change materially in H1 2018. For further details, refer to pages 210-211 of the 2017 Annual Report on Form 20-F.

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

1-year shifts in yield curve

30 June 2018

+25 basis points

-25 basis points

+100 basis points

-100 basis points

  

  

  

  

  

Euro (£m)

26 

Sterling (£m)

156 

(173)

673 

(674)

US dollar (£m)

(6)

43 

(29)

Other (£m)

(3)

16 

(7)

Total

175 

(178)

758 

(706)

  

  

  

  

  

30 June 2017

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

Euro (£m)

16 

(4)

60 

(5)

Sterling (£m)

176 

(273)

620 

(480)

US dollar (£m)

15 

(10)

57 

(55)

Other (£m)

(3)

(7)

Total

208 

(290)

739 

547 

  

  

  

  

  

31 December 2017

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

Euro (£m)

13 

(8)

53 

(11)

Sterling (£m)

151 

(218)

664 

(504)

US dollar (£m)

14 

(13)

58 

(49)

Other (£m)

(4)

(7)

Total

178 

(243)

775 

(571)

29

 

RBS – Interim Results 2018

 


 

 

 

Appendix 1 Capital and risk management

 

Non-traded market risk continued

The table below shows the net interest earnings sensitivity on a one-year, two-year and three-year forward-looking basis to a parallel upward or downward shift in interest rates of 25 basis points.

 

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

+25 basis points shift in yield curve

  

-25 basis points shift in yield curve

30 June 2018

Year 1

Year 2

Year 3

  

Year 1

Year 2

Year 3

Structural hedges (£m)

30 

96 

163 

  

(30)

(95)

(162)

Managed margin (£m) (1)

153 

180 

184 

  

(152)

(147)

(159)

Other (£m)

(8)

  

Total (£m)

175 

276 

347 

  

(178)

(242)

(321)

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

31 December 2017

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

Structural hedges (£m)

33 

100 

171 

  

(33)

(99)

(171)

Managed margin (£m) (1) 

153 

170 

178 

  

(220)

(137)

(121)

Other (£m)

(8)

  

10 

Total (£m)

178 

270 

349 

  

(243)

(236)

(292)

 

Notes:

(1)  Primarily current accounts and savings accounts.

(2)  The projections for Years 2 and 3 consider only the main drivers of earnings sensitivity, namely structural hedging and margin management.   

 

Key points

Earnings sensitivity to 25 and 100 basis-point upward shifts in yield curves remained broadly stable over the past 12 months.

Sensitivity to a 25-basis-point downward shift in yield curves fell over the past six months. As interest rates have risen, it is assumed that a greater part of the impact of the downward rate shock will be passed on to depositors.

Sensitivity to a 100-basis-point downward shift in yield curves rose over the past six months. In the shock scenarios, rates fell further at 30 June 2018 than at 31 December 2017 before hitting an assumed zero per cent floor on interest rates given rises in market rates since December, so the effect of the rate shock has increased. This effect is not seen in the 25-basis-point downward shift as there is no impact from the zero per cent floor.

 

 

 

 

30

 

RBS – Interim Results 2018

 


 

 

Appendix 1 Capital and risk management

 

Non-traded market risk (continued) 

Foreign exchange risk (Within the scope of EY’s review report)

The table below shows structural foreign currency exposures.

 

  

  

  

Net

  

Structural

  

  

  

Net

  

investments

  

foreign currency

  

Residual

  

investments

  

in foreign

Net

 exposures 

  

structural

in foreign

  

operations

 investment 

pre-economic

Economic

foreign currency

 operations 

NCI (1)

excluding NCI

 hedges 

 hedges 

 hedges  (2)

 exposures 

30 June 2018

£m

£m

£m

£m

£m

£m

£m

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

US dollar

449 

449 

(2)

447 

(448)

Euro

5,849 

22 

5,827 

(183)

5,644 

(2,216)

3,428 

Other non-sterling

2,349 

653 

1,696 

(757)

939 

(488)

451 

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

8,647 

675 

7,972 

(942)

7,030 

(3,152)

3,879 

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

31 December 2017

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

US dollar

766 

766 

(14)

752 

(752)

Euro

7,160 

61 

7,099 

(342)

6,757 

(2,224)

4,533 

Other non-sterling

2,493 

645 

1,848 

(930)

918 

(453)

465 

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

10,419 

706 

9,713 

(1,286)

8,427 

(3,429)

4,998 

 

Notes:

(1)

Non-controlling interests (NCI) represents the structural foreign exchange exposure not attributable to owners’ equity.

(2)

Economic hedges mainly represent US dollar and euro preference shares in issue that are treated as equity under IFRS and do not qualify as hedges for accounting purposes. They provide an offset to structural foreign exchange exposures to the extent that there are net assets in overseas operations available.

 

Key points

The main driver of the reduction in structural foreign currency exposures was lower net investment in eurozone subsidiaries as a result of the €1.5 billion dividend paid by UBI DAC to NatWest Holdings Limited during Q1 2018. 

The reduction in US dollar exposures reflected the impact of the agreement with the US Department of Justice in relation to RMBS conduct fines.

Changes in exchange rates affect equity in proportion to structural foreign currency exposures. At 30 June 2018, a 5% strengthening in all foreign currencies against sterling would result in a £0.4 billion increase in equity reserves, while a 5% weakening in all foreign currencies against sterling would result in a £0.3 billion reduction in equity reserves.

31

 

RBS – Interim Results 2018

 


 

 

Appendix 1 Capital and risk management

 

Traded market risk

Within trading books, traded market risk is the risk arising from changes in fair value on positions, assets, liabilities or commitments as a result of fluctuations in market prices.

 

Traded internal VaR (Within the scope of EY’s review report)

The table below shows one-day internal value-at-risk (VaR) for RBS’s trading portfolios, segregated by type of market risk exposures.

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

Half year ended

  

30 June 2018

  

30 June 2017

  

31 December 2017

  

  

  

  

Period

  

  

  

  

Period

  

  

  

  

Period

  

Average

Max

Min

end

  

Average 

Max

Min

end

  

Average

Max

Min

end

Traded VaR (1-day 99%)

£m 

£m 

£m 

£m 

  

£m 

£m 

£m 

£m 

  

£m 

£m 

£m 

£m 

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

Interest rate

15.0 

27.3 

10.4 

16.5 

  

14.6 

24.5 

8.8 

11.3 

  

13.6 

21.0 

8.8 

15.3 

Credit spread

13.2 

24.2 

9.1 

10.4 

  

11.1 

14.3 

8.8 

9.9 

  

13.1 

19.4 

9.3 

16.7 

Currency

3.2 

7.6 

1.4 

3.5 

  

4.7 

7.9 

2.5 

5.0 

  

5.0 

10.0 

2.3 

3.5 

Equity

0.6 

0.9 

0.3 

0.8 

  

1.2 

1.9 

0.6 

1.3 

  

1.2 

2.1 

0.4 

0.4 

Commodity

0.4 

1.0 

0.1 

0.5 

  

0.4 

1.3 

0.1 

0.5 

  

0.3 

0.9 

0.1 

0.2 

Diversification (1)

(11.2)

  

  

(11.8)

  

(12.2)

  

  

(12.5)

  

(13.2)

  

  

(15.5)

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

Total

21.2 

35.6 

15.4 

19.8 

  

19.8 

25.2 

13.9 

15.5 

  

20.0 

29.5 

13.2 

20.8 

 

Note:

(1)

RBS benefits from diversification as it reduces risk by allocating positions across various financial instrument types, currencies and markets. The extent of the diversification benefit depends on the correlation between the assets and risk factors in the portfolio at a particular time. The diversification factor is the sum of the VaR on individual risk types less the total portfolio VaR.

 

Key points

Geopolitical events during the half-year, notably elections in Italy, ongoing Brexit negotiations, and US-China trade tensions, resulted in periods of market volatility.

UK and European interest rates remained at historically low levels, although the US Federal Reserve continued to raise interest rates.

Traded VaR remained broadly unchanged on an average basis during H1 2018 compared to both H1 2017 and H2 2017, despite the market volatility.

32

 

RBS – Interim Results 2018

 


 

 

Appendix 1 Capital and risk management

 

 

Other risks (Not within the scope of EY’s review report)

Key developments

Operational risk

While the number of distributed denial of service attacks declined in the first half of 2018 (following a sharp industry-wide rise in the latter part of 2017), cyber security and associated risks remain a concern across the industry. The National Cyber Security Centre has continued to warn about a range of global threats – particularly the potential for disruptive cyber capabilities to be used in pursuit of geopolitical aims. RBS has increased its monitoring of the most prominent cyber groups in this regard and continues to develop its cyber risk management and defence strategies.

Work to extend the coverage and completeness of the single RBS-wide Risk & Control Assessment methodology continued during H1 2018. The assessments – of RBS’s most material products, processes and services – enable a consistent, holistic view of key risks and their mitigation. Substantial progress has been made since the methodology was introduced in 2016, with a significant uplift in the number of assessments completed, or in progress, in the first six months of 2018.

The Operational Risk function continued its sustained focus on consolidating progress and driving further control environment improvements. While more remains to be done – and the journey of improvement continues – enhancements to both the operational risk management framework and the risk appetite framework were introduced in H1 2018.

 

Compliance & conduct risk

Ongoing work to enhance and strengthen the Compliance & Conduct framework was a key area of attention during H1 2018. In particular, there was further progress on enhancing and extending the risk appetite element of the framework in order to support the continuing focus on customer outcomes that is central to the strategic aims of our business franchises.

The remediation of PPI continued. The FCA issued a consultation relating to the approach for certain cases, proposing an expansion of those which can be considered under its complaint resolution rules. While the regulator envisages the impact of these proposals will be small, RBS remains committed to ensuring that customers are treated fairly and in accordance with regulatory guidance.

 

33

 

RBS – Interim Results 2018

 


 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Appendix 2

 

IFRS 9 policies1

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Note:

(1)     Consistent with the IFRS 9 Transition report, published on our website on 23 February 2018.

 

 

RBS – Interim Results 2018

 


 

 

 

Accounting policies (Within the scope of EY’s review report)

 

The RBS accounting policies that have been significantly changed as a result of the implementation of IFRS 9, applicable with effect from 1 January 2018, are set out below. The full description of accounting policies is set out in the 2017 Annual Report on Form 20-F.

 

1. Presentation of accounts

As set out in the 2017 Annual Report on Form 20-F the accounts are prepared on a going concern basis (see the Report of the directors, page 112) and in accordance with International Financial Reporting Standards issued by the International Accounting Standards Board (IASB) and interpretations issued by the IFRS Interpretations Committee of the IASB as adopted by the European Union (EU) (together IFRS). The Group has opted to early adopt the IFRS 9 amendment on negative compensation with effect from 1 January 2018; this is expected to be endorsed for use in the EU in early 2018.

 

The company is incorporated in the UK and registered in Scotland. Its accounts are presented in accordance with the Companies Act 2006.

 

14. Financial instruments

On initial recognition, financial instruments are measured at fair value. Subsequently they are measured as follows: designated at fair value through profit or loss; amortised cost, the default class for liabilities; fair value through profit or loss, the default class for assets; or financial assets may be designated as at fair value through other comprehensive income. Normal purchases of financial assets classified as amortised cost are recognised on the settlement date; all other regular way transactions in financial assets are recognised on the trade date.

 

Designated as at fair value through profit or loss – a financial instrument may be designated as at fair value through profit or loss only if such designation (a) eliminates or significantly reduces a measurement or recognition inconsistency; or (b) applies to a group of financial assets, financial liabilities or both, that the Group manages and evaluates on a fair value basis; or (c) relates to an financial liability that contains an embedded derivative which is not evidently closely related to the host contract. Financial assets that the Group designates on initial recognition as being at fair value through profit or loss are recognised at fair value, with transaction costs being recognised in profit or loss, and are subsequently measured at fair value. Gains and losses are recognised in profit or loss as they arise.

 

Amortised cost assets – have to meet both the following criteria:

(a)     the asset is held within a business model whose objective is solely to hold assets to collect contractual cash flows; and

(b)     the contractual terms of the financial asset are solely payments of principal and interest on the outstanding balance.

 

Amortised cost liabilities – all liabilities that are not subsequently measured at fair value are measured at amortised cost.

 

Assets at fair value through other comprehensive income – assets have to meet both the following criteria:

(a)     the asset is held within a business model whose objective is both to hold assets to collect contractual cash flows and selling financial assets; and

(b)     the contractual terms of the financial asset are solely payments of principal and interest on the outstanding balance.

 

An equity instrument may also be designated irrevocably at fair value through other comprehensive income; realised gains and losses are not recognised in the income statement.

  

Fair value through profit or loss - a financial liability is measured at fair value if it arises from: a financial guarantee contract; a commitment to lend at below market rates; an obligation arising from the failed sale of an asset; or a contingent consideration for a business acquisition. Fair value through profit or loss is the default classification for a financial asset.  

 

Reclassifications – financial liabilities cannot be reclassified. Financial assets are only reclassified where there has been a change in the business model. 

 

Fair value - the Group’s approach to determining the fair value of financial instruments measured at fair value is set out in the section of Critical accounting policies and key sources of estimation uncertainty entitled Fair value - financial instruments.

 

Business model assessment – business models are assessed at portfolio level, being the level at which they are managed. This is expected to result in the most consistent classification of assets because it aligns with the stated objectives of the portfolio, its risk management, manager’s remuneration and the ability to monitor sales of assets from a portfolio. The criteria for classifying cash flows as solely principal and interest are assessed against the contractual terms of a facility, with attention to leverage features; prepayment and extension terms; and triggers that might reset the effective rate of interest.

1

RBS – Interim Results 2018

 


 

 

Accounting policies (Within the scope of EY’s review report)

 

15. Impairments

At each balance sheet date each financial asset or portfolio of advances measured at amortised cost or at fair value through other comprehensive income, issued financial guarantee and loan commitment is assessed for impairment. Loss allowances are forward-looking, based on 12 month expected credit losses where there has not been a significant increase in credit risk rating, otherwise allowances are based on lifetime expected losses. Expected credit losses are a probability-weighted estimate of credit losses. The probability is determined by the risk of default which is applied to the cash flow estimates. On a significant increase in credit risk, credit losses are rebased from 12 month to lifetime expectations. A change in credit risk is typically but not necessarily associated with a change in the expected cash flows.

 

Where, in the course of the orderly realisation of a loan, it is exchanged for equity shares or property, the exchange is accounted for as the sale of the loan and the acquisition of equity securities or investment property. Where the Group’s interest in equity shares following the exchange is such that the Group controls an entity, that entity is consolidated.

 

The costs of loss allowances on assets held at amortised cost are presented as impairments in the income statement.  Allowances in respect financial guarantees and loan commitments are presented as other liabilities and charges recorded within impairments. Financial assets held at amortised cost are presented net of allowances except where the asset has been wholly or partially written off.

 

17. Financial guarantee contracts

Under a financial guarantee contract, the Group, in return for a fee, undertakes to meet a customer’s obligations under the terms of a debt instrument if the customer fails to do so. A financial guarantee is recognised as a liability; initially at fair value and, if not designated as at fair value through profit or loss, subsequently at the higher of its initial value less cumulative amortisation and any provision under the contract measured in accordance with Accounting policy 12. Amortisation is calculated so as to recognise fees receivable in profit or loss over the period of the guarantee.

 

19. Derecognition

A financial asset is derecognised when the contractual right to receive cash flows from the asset has expired or when it has been transferred and the transfer qualifies for derecognition. A transfer requires that the Group either (a) transfers the contractual rights to receive the asset's cash flows; or (b) retains the right to the asset's cash flows but assumes a contractual obligation to pay those cash flows to a third party. After a transfer, the Group assesses the extent to which it has retained the risks and rewards of ownership of the transferred asset. The asset remains on the balance sheet if substantially all the risks and rewards have been retained. It is derecognised if substantially all the risks and rewards have been transferred. If substantially all the risks and rewards have been neither retained nor transferred, the Group assesses whether or not it has retained control of the asset. If the Group has retained control of the asset, it continues to recognise the asset to the extent of its continuing involvement; if the Group has not retained control of the asset, it is derecognised.

 

Where contractual cash flows are modified, but there is no derecognition event, the gross carrying amount is recalculated using the original effective interest rate and a modification gain / loss is recognised. Where this modification arises on forborne or defaulted assets this is booked within impairments.

 

A financial liability is removed from the balance sheet when the obligation is discharged, or is cancelled, or expires. On the redemption or settlement of debt securities (including subordinated liabilities) issued by the Group, the Group derecognises the debt instrument and records a gain or loss being the difference between the debt's carrying amount and the cost of redemption or settlement. The same treatment applies where the debt is exchanged for a new debt issue that has terms substantially different from those of the existing debt. The assessment of whether the terms of the new debt instrument are substantially different takes into account qualitative and quantitative characteristics including a comparison of the present value of the cash flows under the new terms with the present value of the remaining cash flows of the original debt issue discounted at the effective interest rate of the original debt issue.

 

20. Sale and repurchase transactions

Securities subject to a sale and repurchase agreement under which substantially all the risks and rewards of ownership are retained by the Group continue to be shown on the balance sheet and the sale proceeds recorded as a financial liability. Securities acquired in a reverse sale and repurchase transaction under which the Group is not exposed to substantially all the risks and rewards of ownership are not recognised on the balance sheet and the consideration paid is recorded as a financial asset.

 

Securities borrowing and lending transactions are usually secured by cash or securities advanced by the borrower. Borrowed securities are not recognised on the balance sheet or lent securities derecognised.

 

Cash collateral given or received is treated as a loan or deposit; collateral in the form of securities is not recognised. However, where securities borrowed are transferred to third parties, a liability for the obligation to return the securities to the stock lending counterparty is recorded.

2

RBS – Interim Results 2018

 


 

 

Accounting policies (Within the scope of EY’s review report)

 

21. Netting

Financial assets and financial liabilities are offset and the net amount presented in the balance sheet when, and only when, the Group currently has a legally enforceable right to set off the recognised amounts and it intends either to settle on a net basis or to realise the asset and settle the liability simultaneously. The Group is party to a number of arrangements, including master netting agreements, that give it the right to offset financial assets and financial liabilities, but where it does not intend to settle the amounts net or simultaneously, the assets and liabilities concerned are presented gross.

 

22. Capital instruments

The Group classifies a financial instrument that it issues as a liability if it is a contractual obligation to deliver cash or another financial asset, or to exchange financial assets or financial liabilities on potentially unfavourable terms and as equity if it evidences a residual interest in the assets of the Group after the deduction of liabilities. The components of a compound financial instrument issued by the Group are classified and accounted for separately as financial assets, financial liabilities or equity as appropriate.

 

Incremental costs and related tax that are directly attributable to an equity transaction are deducted from equity.

 

The consideration for any ordinary shares of the company purchased by the Group (treasury shares) is deducted from equity. On the cancellation of treasury shares their nominal value is removed from equity and any excess of consideration over nominal value is treated in accordance with the capital maintenance provisions of the Companies Act. On the sale or reissue of treasury shares the consideration received and related tax are credited to equity, net of any directly attributable incremental costs.

 

23. Derivatives and hedging

Derivative financial instruments are initially recognised, and subsequently measured, at fair value. The Group’s approach to determining the fair value of financial instruments is set out in the section of Critical accounting policies and key sources of estimation uncertainty entitled Fair value - financial instruments; further details are given in Note 9 on the accounts.

  

Gains and losses arising from changes in the fair value of derivatives that are not the hedging instrument in a qualifying hedge are recognised as they arise in profit or loss. Gains and losses are recorded in Income from trading activities except for gains and losses on those derivatives that are managed together with financial instruments designated at fair value; these gains and losses are included in Other operating income.

 

The Group enters into three types of hedge relationship: hedges of changes in the fair value of a recognised asset or liability or unrecognised firm commitment (fair value hedges); hedges of the variability in cash flows from a recognised asset or liability or a highly probable forecast transaction (cash flow hedges); and hedges of the net investment in a foreign operation.

 

Hedge relationships are formally designated and documented at inception. The documentation identifies the hedged item and the hedging instrument and details the risk that is being hedged and the way in which effectiveness will be assessed at inception and during the period of the hedge. If the hedge is not highly effective in offsetting changes in fair values or cash flows attributable to the hedged risk, consistent with the documented risk management strategy, hedge accounting is discontinued. Hedge accounting is also discontinued if the Group revokes the designation of a hedge relationship.

 

Fair value hedge - in a fair value hedge, the gain or loss on the hedging instrument is recognised in profit or loss. The gain or loss on the hedged item attributable to the hedged risk is recognised in profit or loss and, where the hedged item is measured at amortised cost, adjusts the carrying amount of the hedged item. Hedge accounting is discontinued if the hedge no longer meets the criteria for hedge accounting; or if the hedging instrument expires or is sold, terminated or exercised; or if hedge designation is revoked. If the hedged item is one for which the effective interest rate method is used, any cumulative adjustment is amortised to profit or loss over the life of the hedged item using a recalculated effective interest rate.

 

Cash flow hedge - in a cash flow hedge, the effective portion of the gain or loss on the hedging instrument is recognised in other comprehensive income and the ineffective portion in profit or loss. When the forecast transaction results in the recognition of a financial asset or financial liability, the cumulative gain or loss is reclassified from equity to profit or loss in the same periods in which the hedged forecast cash flows affect profit or loss. Otherwise the cumulative gain or loss is removed from equity and recognised in profit or loss at the same time as the hedged transaction. Hedge accounting is discontinued if the hedge no longer meets the criteria for hedge accounting; if the hedging instrument expires or is sold, terminated or exercised; if the forecast transaction is no longer expected to occur; or if hedge designation is revoked. On the discontinuance of hedge accounting (except where a forecast transaction is no longer expected to occur), the cumulative unrealised gain or loss is reclassified from equity to profit or loss when the hedged cash flows occur or, if the forecast transaction results in the recognition of a financial asset or financial liability, when the hedged forecast cash flows affect profit or loss. Where a forecast transaction is no longer expected to occur, the cumulative unrealised gain or loss is reclassified from equity to profit or loss immediately.

 

Hedge of net investment in a foreign operation - in the hedge of a net investment in a foreign operation, the portion of foreign exchange differences arising on the hedging instrument determined to be an effective hedge is recognised in other comprehensive income. Any ineffective portion is recognised in profit or loss. Non-derivative financial liabilities as well as derivatives may be the hedging instrument in a net investment hedge. On disposal or partial disposal of a foreign operation, the amount accumulated in equity is reclassified from equity to profit or loss.

 

3

RBS – Interim Results 2018

 


 

 

Key IFRS 9 terms and differences to current accounting and regulatory framework (Within the scope of EY’s review report)

 

Attribute

IFRS 9

IAS 39

Regulatory (CRR)

Default / credit impairment

To determine the risk of a default occurring, management applies a default definition that is consistent with the Basel/Regulatory definition of default.  

 

Assets that are defaulted are shown as credit impaired. RBS uses 90 days past due as a consistent measure for default across all product classes. The population of credit impaired assets is broadly consistent with IAS 39, though measurement differs because of the application of MES. Assets that were categorised as potential problems with no impairment provision are now categorised as Stage 3.

Default aligned to loss events, all financial assets where an impairment event has taken place - 100% probability of default and an internal asset quality grade of AQ10 - are classed as non-performing. 

 

Impaired financial assets are those for which there is objective evidence that the amount or timing of future cash flows have been adversely impacted since initial recognition.

A default shall be considered to have occurred with regard to a particular financial asset when either or both of the following have taken place:
- RBS considers that the customer is unlikely to pay its credit obligations without recourse by the institution to actions such as realising security;
- the customer is past due more than 90 days.


For Retail exposures, the definition of default may be applied at the level of an individual credit facility rather than in relation to the total obligations of a borrower.

Probability of default (PD)

PD is the likelihood of default assessed on the prevailing economic conditions at the reporting date (point in time), adjusted to take into account estimates of future economic conditions that are likely to impact the risk of default; it will not equate to a long run average.  

Regulatory PDs adjusted to point in time metrics are used in the latent provision calculation.

The likelihood that a customer will fail to make full and timely repayment of credit obligations over a one year time horizon. 
For Wholesale, PD models reflect losses that would arise through-the-cycle; this represents a long run average view of default levels. For Retail, the prevailing economic conditions at the reporting date (point in time) are used.

Significant increase in credit risk (SICR)

A framework incorporating both quantitative and qualitative measures aligned to the Group’s current risk management framework has been established. Credit deterioration will be a management decision, subject to approval by governing bodies such as the Group Provisions Committee.

 

The staging assessment requires a definition of when a SICR has occurred; this moves the loss calculation for financial assets from a 12 month horizon to a lifetime horizon. Management has established an approach that is primarily informed by the increase in lifetime probability of default, with additional qualitative measures to account for assets where PD does not move, but a high risk factor is determined

Not applicable.

Not applicable.

Forward-looking and multiple scenarios

The evaluation of future cash flows, the risk of default and impairment loss should take into account expectations of economic changes that are reasonable.

 

More than one outcome should be considered to ensure that the resulting estimation of impairment is not biased towards a particular expectation of economic growth.

Financial asset carrying values based upon the expectation of future cash flows.

Not applicable.

4

RBS – Interim Results 2018

 


 

 

Key IFRS 9 terms and differences to current accounting and regulatory framework (Within the scope of EY’s review report)

 

Attribute

IFRS 9

IAS 39

Regulatory (CRR)

Loss given default (LGD)

LGD is a current assessment of the amount that will be recovered in the event of default, taking account of future conditions. It may occasionally equate to the regulatory view albeit with conservatism and downturn assumptions generally removed.

Regulatory LGD values are often used for calculating collective and latent provisions; bespoke LGDs are also used.

An estimate of the amount that will not be recovered in the event of default, plus the cost of debt collection activities and the delay in cash recovery.  LGD is a downturn based metric, representing a prudent view of recovery in adverse economic conditions.

Exposure at default (EAD)

Expected balance sheet exposure at default.  It differs from the regulatory method as follows:
- it includes the effect of amortisation; and

- it caps exposure at the contractual limit.

Based on the current drawn balance plus future committed drawdowns.

Models are used to provide estimates of credit facility utilisation at the time of a customer default, recognising that customers may make further drawings on unused credit facilities prior to default or that exposures may increase due to market movements. EAD cannot be lower than the reported balance sheet, but can be reduced by a legally enforceable netting agreement.

Date of initial recognition (DOIR)

The reference date used to assess a significant increase in credit risk is as follows. Term lending: the date the facility became available to the customer. Wholesale revolving products: the date of the last substantive credit review (typically annual) or, if later, the date facility became available to the customer. Retail Cards:  the account opening date or, if later, the date the card was subject to a regular three year review or the date of any subsequent limit increases. Current Accounts/ Overdrafts: the account opening date or, if later, the date of initial granting of overdraft facility or of limit increases. 

Not applicable for impairment but defined as the date when the entity becomes a party to the contractual provisions of the instrument.

Not applicable.

Modification

A modification occurs when the contractual cash flows of a financial asset are renegotiated or otherwise modified and the renegotiation or modification does not result in derecognition.  A modification requires immediate recognition in the income statement of any impact on the carrying value and effective interest rate (EIR) or examples of modification events include forbearance and distressed restructuring. The financial impact is recognised in the income statement as an impairment release/(loss).

Modification is not separately defined but accounting impact arises as an EIR adjustment on changes that are not derecognition or impairment events.

Not applicable.

 

5

RBS – Interim Results 2018

 


 

 

 

The key elements of classification and measurement

 

The classification and measurement of financial assets has been changed under IFRS 9 to more closely follow the product characteristics and business intent rather than being primarily influenced by asset class:

Amortised cost is used only where products are relatively straight-forward (in this sense meaning the cash-flows represent principal and interest, being the time value of money) and where the business intends to hold the asset to collect those cash-flows.

If the business intends to sell such assets from time to time (hold to collect and sell) they are amortised to profit and loss, but fair valued on the balance sheet (similar to available-for-sale under IAS 39).

For financial assets that are more complex or where the business intends to trade them then they are fair valued with movements going to profit and loss.

 

Concluding on how individual business areas within RBS operate influences the choice of classification and subsequent measurement. In most cases, RBS has concluded on classifications that have similar measurement approaches to those that had been applied under IAS 39 and represent the intent to hold assets (amortised cost).

 

Some assets have component elements that are not straight-forward, such as leveraged products or those with embedded derivatives, where fair value must be applied. However, judgement is applied in considering structured interest and credit linked products to assess whether these features significantly influence future cash flows.

 

Key elements of impairment provisions

Main judgments that have financial impact

IFRS 9 introduces additional complexity into the determination of credit impairment provisioning requirements; however, the building blocks that deliver an ECL calculation already existed within the organisation. Existing Basel models have been used as a starting point in the construction of IFRS 9 models, which also incorporate term extension and forward-looking information.

 

There are five key areas that could materially influence the measurement of credit impairment under IFRS 9 – two of these relate to model build and three to their application:

 

Model build:

The determination of economic indicators that have most influence on credit loss for each portfolio and the severity of impact (this leverages existing stress testing mechanisms).

The build of term structures to extend the determination of the risk of loss beyond 12 months that will influence the impact of lifetime loss for assets in Stage 2.

 

Model application:

The assessment of the significant increase in credit risk and the formation of a framework capable of consistent application.

The determination of asset lifetimes that reflect behavioural characteristics whilst also representing management actions and processes (using historical data and experience).

The determination of a base case (or central) economic scenario which has the most material impact (of all forward-looking scenarios) on the measurement of loss (RBS uses consensus forecasts to remove management bias).

 

Critical judgements relating to impairment loss determination

Policy elections or simplifications

In addition to the five critical judgments summarised above, which are relevant from period to period, there is one further significant judgment that is made as a one-off exercise to support the day one implementation: this is the application of the new IFRS 9 models to the determination of origination date metrics. Since it is not possible to determine the economic forecasts and alternative scenarios going backwards in time it is necessary to use a series of assumptions to enable this process. RBS has assumed a flat forward view for all dates historically.

 

There are some other less significant judgments, elections and simplification assumptions that inform the ECL process; these are not seen as ‘critical’ in determining the appropriate level of impairment but represent choices taken by management across areas of estimation uncertainty. The main examples of these are:

Models – e.g. in the case of some low default portfolios, Basel parameter estimates have been applied for IFRS 9.

Discounting of future losses – the ECL calculation is based on expected future cash-flows. These are discounted using the EIR – for practical purposes, this is typically applied at a portfolio level rather than being established and operated at an individual asset level; and

MES – it is the selection of the central (or base) scenario that is most critical to the ECL calculation, independent of the method used to generate a range of alternative outcomes and their probabilities. Different approaches to model MES around the central scenario have all been found of low significance for the overall ECL impact.

 

 

 

6

RBS – Interim Results 2018

 


 

 

Critical judgements relating to impairment loss determination

 

IFRS 9 introduces lifetime ECL for the measurement of credit impairment. This requires the development of new models or the enhancement of existing Basel models. IFRS 9 ECLs are calculated using a combination of:

Probability of default (PD);

Loss given default (LGD); and,

Exposure at default (EAD).

 

In addition, lifetime PDs (as at reporting date and at date of initial recognition) are used in the assessment of a significant increase in credit risk (SICR) criteria.

 

IFRS 9 ECL model design principles?

To meet IFRS 9 requirements for ECL estimation, PD, LGD and EAD used in the calculations must be:

Unbiased - material regulatory conservatism has been removed to produce unbiased model estimates;

Point-in-time - recognise current economic conditions;

Forward-looking - incorporated into PD estimates and, where appropriate, EAD and LGD estimates; and

For the life of the loan - all models produce a term structure to allow a lifetime calculation for assets in Stages 2 and 3.

 

IFRS 9 requires that at each reporting date, an entity shall assess whether the credit risk on an account has increased significantly since initial recognition. Part of this assessment requires a comparison to be made between the current lifetime PD (i.e. the current probability of default over the remaining lifetime) with the equivalent lifetime PD as determined at the date of initial recognition. 

 

For assets originated before IFRS 9 was introduced, comparable lifetime origination PDs do not exist. These have been retrospectively created using the relevant model inputs applicable at initial recognition. Due to data availability two practical measures have been taken:

Where model inputs were not available at the point of initial recognition the earliest available robust metrics are used. For instance, since Basel II was introduced in 2008, the earliest available and reliable production Basel PDs range from between December 2007 and April 2008 depending on the portfolio; and

Economic conditions at the date of initial recognition are assumed to remain constant from that point forward.

 

 

IFRS 9 ECL model design principles

PD estimates

Wholesale Models

Wholesale PD models use the existing CCI based point-in-time/through-the-cycle framework to convert one year regulatory PDs into point-in-time estimates that reflect current economic conditions across a comprehensive set of region/industry segments.

One year point-in-time PDs are then extrapolated to multi-year PDs using a conditional transition matrix approach. The conditional transition matrix approach allows the incorporation of forward-looking information by adjusting the credit state transition probabilities according to projected, forward-looking changes of credit conditions in each region/industry segment.

This results in forward-looking point-in-time PD term structures for each obligor from which the lifetime PD for a specific exposure can be calculated according to the exposure’s residual contractual maturity.

 

 

Retail Models

Retail PD models use an EMV approach to model default rates by taking into account Exogenous (macro-economic), Maturity and Vintage (EMV) effects. This EMV methodology has been widely adopted across the industry as it enables forward-looking information to be modelled separately by isolating exogenous effects. Forward-looking information is incorporated by fitting the relevant stress testing model to the exogenous component and utilising forecasts of the relevant macro-economic factors.

 

The models produce quarterly PDs, which can be accumulated over four quarters to provide Stage 1 one year PDs and over the remaining lifetime to provide lifetime PDs for accounts in Stage 2.

 

LGD estimates

The general approach for the IFRS 9 LGD models has been to leverage the Basel LGD models with bespoke IFRS 9 adjustments to ensure unbiased estimates, i.e. use of effective interest rate as the discount rate and the removal of: downturn calibration, indirect costs, other conservatism and regulatory floors.

For Wholesale, current and forward-looking economic information is incorporated into the LGD estimates using the existing CCI framework. For low default portfolios (e.g. Sovereigns) loss data is too scarce to substantiate estimates that vary with systematic conditions. Consequently, for these portfolios, LGD estimates are assumed to be constant throughout the projection horizon.

For Retail, forward-looking information has only been incorporated for the secured portfolios, where changes in property prices can be readily accommodated. Initial analysis indicated minimal impact for the other Retail portfolios.

7

RBS – Interim Results 2018

 


 

 

Critical judgements relating to impairment loss determination

 

EAD estimates

For Wholesale, while conversion ratios in the historical data show temporal variations, these cannot (unlike in the case of PD and some LGD models) be sufficiently explained by the CCI measure and are presumed to be driven to a larger extent by exposure management practices. Therefore point-in-time best estimates measures for EAD are derived by estimating the regulatory model specification on a rolling five year window.

For loans in the Wholesale portfolio, amortisation profiles are applied to the outstanding balances, rather than modelling the future behaviour.

The IFRS 9 Retail modelling approach for EAD is dependent on product type.

Revolving products leverage the existing Basel models, with appropriate adjustments and incorporating a term structure based on time to default.

Amortising products use an amortising schedule, where a formula is used to calculate the expected balance based on remaining terms and interest rates.

There is no EAD model for Personal loans; instead, debt flow (i.e. combined PD x EAD) is directly modelled.

 

Initial analysis has indicated that there is minimal impact on EAD arising from changes in the economy for all Retail portfolios except mortgages. Therefore, forward-looking information is only incorporated in the mortgage EAD model (through forecast changes in interest rates).

 

Significant increase in credit risk

Exposures that are considered significantly credit deteriorated since initial recognition should be classified within Stage 2 and assessed for lifetime ECL measurement (exposures not considered deteriorated carry a 12 month ECL). RBS has adopted a framework to identify deterioration based primarily on movements in probability of default supported by additional backstops. The principles applied are consistent across the bank and align to credit risk management practices.

 

The framework comprises the following elements:

IFRS 9 lifetime PD assessment (the primary driver) - on modelled portfolios the assessment is based on the relative deterioration in forward-looking lifetime PD.

Qualitative high risk backstops - The PD assessment is complemented with the use of qualitative high risk backstops to further inform whether significant deterioration in lifetime risk of default has occurred. The qualitative high risk backstop assessment includes the use of the mandatory 30+ days past due backstop, as prescribed by IFRS 9 guidance, and other features such as forbearance support, heightened monitoring on Wholesale, adverse credit bureau on Retail.

Persistence - Retail only: The persistence rule ensures that accounts that have met the criteria for PD driven deterioration are still considered to be significantly deteriorated for a set number of months thereafter. This additional rule enhances the timeliness of capture in Stage 2; it is a Retail methodology feature and is applied to PD driven deterioration only.

 

 

The criteria are based on a significant amount of empirical analysis and seek to meet three key objectives:

Criteria effectiveness – the criteria should be effective in identifying significant credit deterioration and prospective default population.

Stage 2 stability – the criteria should not introduce unnecessary volatility in the Stage 2 population.

Portfolio analysis – the criteria should produce results which are intuitive when reported as part of the wider credit portfolio.

 

Asset lifetimes

The choice of initial recognition and asset duration (lifetime) is another critical judgement in determining quantum of lifetime losses that apply.

The date of initial recognition should reflect the date that a transaction (or account) was first recognised on the balance sheet; the PD recorded at this time provides the baseline used for subsequent determination of SICR.

For asset duration, the approach applied (in line with IFRS 9 requirements) are:

 

o                       

Term lending: the contractual maturity date, reduced for behavioural trends where appropriate (such as, expected pre-payment and amortisation);

 

o                       

Revolving facilities: for Retail portfolios (except credit cards), asset duration is based on behavioural life and this is normally greater than contractual life (which would typically be overnight). For wholesale portfolios, asset duration is based on annual counterparty review schedules and will be set to the next review date.

 

In the case of Credit Cards, the most significant judgement is to reflect the operational practice of card reissuance and the associated credit assessment as enabling a formal re-origination trigger. As a consequence RBS uses a 36-month fixed lifetime approach on credit card balances.

8

RBS – Interim Results 2018

 


 

 

Critical judgements relating to impairment loss determination

 

If RBS uncapped its approach the ECL impact is currently estimated to be between £75 million and £80 million.

The approach reflects RBS practice of a credit-based review of customers prior to credit card issuance and complies with IFRS 9.

 

The lack of balance transfers helps RBS in adopting a three-year life. A return to this market would require a bespoke approach that would be likely to carry higher lifetimes.

 

Benchmarking information indicates that peer UK banks use behavioural approaches in the main for credit card portfolios with average durations between 3-10 years. Across Europe durations are shorter and are, in some cases, as low as one year. 

 

 

Primary economic loss drivers and base case scenarios used in IFRS 9 modelling

The forecasts applied for IFRS 9 are those used for financial planning. Portfolio segmentation and selection of economic loss drivers follow closely the approach already used in stress testing. To enable robust modelling, the two or three primary economic factors impacting loss for each portfolio are selected; this involves empirical analysis and expert judgment.

 

The typical primary economic loss drivers for Retail portfolios include UK and Irish GDP, Unemployment rate (UNP), House price index (HPI), and Base rate for UK and Irish portfolios as relevant. In addition to some of these loss drivers, for Wholesale portfolios, World GDP is a primary loss driver.

 

Alternative assumptions for the central base case scenario and related key economic variables would result in different ECL outcomes. To illustrate this potential for ECL variability, set out below are the average over the five year planning horizon (2018 to 2022 inclusive) used in the most recent planning cycle.

  

Table below provides summary of the average, minimum and maximum for some of these key economic variables, updated in H1 2018 to reflect latest Bank of England variables:

 

Base case economic variables for 2018 - 2022

Average

Minimum

Maximum

UK GDP – % change year on year

1.8 

1.5 

2.0  

UK unemployment (%)

4.9 

4.5 

5.1  

UK HPI – % change year on year

2.2 

1.1 

5.0  

BOE base rate (%)

1.01 

0.50 

1.25  

Irish GDP – % change year on year

3.2 

2.4 

8.3  

Irish unemployment (%)

6.0 

5.9 

6.2  

Irish HPI – % change year on year

5.5 

4.2 

9.7  

ECB base rate (%)

0.57

0.00

1.32  

World GDP – % change year on year

2.8 

2.3 

3.2  

 

Note:

(1)   Unemployment rate (16 years and over seasonally adjusted).

 

RBS’s approach for multiple economic scenarios (MES)

The base scenario plays a greater part in the calculation of ECL than the approach to MES.

 

Retail

The approach to MES for Retail portfolios is based on using discrete scenarios, where the latest base case is applied to reflect the forward-looking element of the model (the Single economic scenario view, with a probability of 30%) and probability-weighting the outputs from a further four bespoke scenarios - a base case upside and downside (each with a 20% probability) - and an additional upside and downside (each with 15% probability) - are used to provide the MES view.

 

The modelled impact is small, and management continue to hold an overlay to account for the limited effect of non-linearity within the portfolios. The impact of overlay for MES is small on Retail portfolios (for UK PBB 6.5% of Stage 1 and Stage 2 ECL at H1 2018).

 

Wholesale

As in Retail, the ‘central scenario’ is the bank’s internal base case. The methodology to model the impact of MES around the central scenario is based on a Monte Carlo simulation approach. This involves simulating a large number of alternative scenarios around the CCI projection that corresponds to the central macro base case. The resulting forward-looking PD and ECL projections are then averaged across all simulated scenarios to form multi scenario expectations. To ensure tractability the simulations are performed off-line and applied in the form of adjustment scalars to the single base case results in implementation.

 

The impact of MES on Wholesale portfolios was small (2.5% of Stage 1 and Stage 2 ECL).

 Legal Entity Identifier: 2138005O9XJIJN4JPN90

9

RBS – Interim Results 2018

 


 

 

SIGNATURE

 

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, the registrant has duly caused this report to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorised.

 

 

 

 

The Royal Bank of Scotland Group plc

Registrant

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

/s/ Richard Fisher

Richard Fisher

Chief Accountant

3 August 2018